WINBOND W83977AF-P

WINBOND I/O
W83977F-A/W83977G-A
&
W83977AF-A/W83977AG-A
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
W83977F/ AF Data Sheet Revision History
PAGES
DATES
VERSION
VERSION
MAIN CONTENTS
ON WEB
1
n.a.
01/20/97
0.50
First publication
2
2,3,6,8,9,10,
01/27/97
0.51
Spec. Correction; typo correction
122,126,128132,134,138,168
3
117-125,127
01/30/97
0.52
Register Correction; pages
rearranging.
4
9,10,120-122
02/13/97
0.53
Spec. Correction; typo correction
5
127,135,136,169
03/03/97
0.54
Spec. Correction; typo correction
6
VIII,IX,166-169
05/24/97
0.55
Add section 15.0; pages rearranging.
7
P118
7/15/97
0.56
CR24: Pin 22ÆPin1
8
53,54,58,61,62,
11/17/97
0.57
Register Correction
63,65,124,125
9
1,3,11,52,91,105,
109,110,111,113,
114,115,119,124,
130,131,148
03/10/98
0.58
Typo correction and data calibrated
10
n.a.
05/02/06
0.6
Add lead-free package version
-I -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Table of Contents1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................ 1
2. FEATURES ........................................................................................................................................ 2
3. PIN CONFIGURATION...................................................................................................................... 5
4. PIN DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................... 6
4.1
Host Interface.......................................................................................................................... 6
4.2
Advanced Power Management............................................................................................... 8
4.3
Serial Port Interface ................................................................................................................ 9
4.4
Infrared Interface................................................................................................................... 10
4.5
Multi-Mode Parallel Port........................................................................................................ 11
4.6
FDC Interface........................................................................................................................ 15
4.7
KBC Interface........................................................................................................................ 16
4.8
RTC Interface........................................................................................................................ 16
4.9
POWER PINS ....................................................................................................................... 16
5. FDC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION................................................................................................ 17
5.1
W83977F/G and W83977AF/AG FDC .................................................................................. 17
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
5.1.7
5.2
AT interface ............................................................................................................................17
FIFO (Data) ............................................................................................................................17
Data Separator .......................................................................................................................18
Write Precompensation ..........................................................................................................18
Perpendicular Recording Mode ..............................................................................................18
FDC Core ...............................................................................................................................19
FDC Commands.....................................................................................................................19
Register Descriptions ............................................................................................................ 27
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
5.2.8
5.2.9
Status Register A (SA Register) (Read base address + 0).....................................................28
Status Register B (SB Register) (Read base address + 1).....................................................30
Digital Output Register (DO Register) (Write base address + 2) ............................................31
Tape Drive Register (TD Register) (Read base address + 3).................................................31
Main Status Register (MS Register) (Read base address + 4)...............................................33
Data Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base address + 4) ..................................................33
FIFO Register (R/W base address + 5) ..................................................................................34
Digital Input Register (DI Register) (Read base address + 7).................................................36
Configuration Control Register (CC Register) (Write base address + 7) ................................38
6. UART PORT .................................................................................................................................... 39
6.1
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART A, UART B) .................................... 39
6.2
Register Address................................................................................................................... 39
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
6.2.5
UART Control Register (UCR) (Read/Write) ..........................................................................39
UART Status Register (USR) (Read/Write) ............................................................................41
Handshake Control Register (HCR) (Read/Write) ..................................................................42
Handshake Status Register (HSR) (Read/Write)....................................................................43
UART FIFO Control Register (UFR) (Write only)....................................................................44
-II
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
6.2.6
6.2.7
6.2.8
6.2.9
Interrupt Status Register (ISR) (Read only) ............................................................................45
Interrupt Control Register (ICR) (Read/Write).........................................................................46
Programmable Baud Generator (BLL/BHL) (Read/Write).......................................................46
User-defined Register (UDR) (Read/Write) ............................................................................47
7. INFRARED (IR) PORT..................................................................................................................... 48
7.1
IR Register Description ......................................................................................................... 48
7.2
Set0-Legacy/Advanced IR Control and Status Registers..................................................... 49
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
7.2.6
7.2.7
7.2.8
7.3
Set1 - Legacy Baud Rate Divisor Register ........................................................................... 59
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.4
Reg0 - Advanced IR ID (AUID)...............................................................................................63
Reg1 - Mapped IR Control Register (MP_UCR) .....................................................................64
Reg2 - Mapped IR FIFO Control Register (MP_UFR) ............................................................64
Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR).........................................................................................64
Set4 - TX/RX/Timer counter registers and IR control registers. ........................................... 64
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
7.7
Reg0, 1 - Advanced Baud Rate Divisor Latch (ABLL/ABHL) ..................................................60
Reg2 - Advanced IR Control Register 1 (ADCR1) ..................................................................60
Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR).........................................................................................61
Reg4 - Advanced IR Control Register 2 (ADCR2) ..................................................................61
Reg6 - Transmitter FIFO Depth (TXFDTH) (Read Only) ........................................................63
Reg7 - Receiver FIFO Depth (RXFDTH) (Read Only)............................................................63
Set3 - Version ID and Mapped Control Registers................................................................. 63
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.6
Set1.Reg0~1 - Baud Rate Divisor Latch (BLL/BHL) ...............................................................59
Set1.Reg 2~7 .........................................................................................................................59
Set2 - Interrupt Status or IR FIFO Control Register (ISR/UFR)............................................ 59
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.4.6
7.5
Set0.Reg0 - Receiver/Transmitter Buffer Registers (RBR/TBR) (Read/Write) .......................49
Set0.Reg1 - Interrupt Control Register (ICR)..........................................................................50
Set0.Reg2 - Interrupt Status Register/IR FIFO Control Register (ISR/UFR) ..........................51
Set0.Reg3 - IR Control Register/Set Select Register (UCR/SSR): .........................................55
Set0.Reg4 - Handshake Control Register (HCR) ...................................................................55
Set0.Reg5 - IR Status Register (USR) ...................................................................................57
Set0.Reg6 - Reserved ............................................................................................................57
Set0.Reg7 - User Defined Register (UDR/AUDR) ..................................................................57
Set4.Reg0, 1 - Timer Value Register (TMRL/TMRH) .............................................................64
Set4.Reg2 - Infrared Mode Select (IR_MSL) ..........................................................................65
Set4.Reg3 - Set Select Register (SSR) ..................................................................................65
Set4.Reg4, 5 - Transmitter Frame Length (TFRLL/TFRLH) ...................................................65
Set4.Reg6, 7 - Receiver Frame Length (RFRLL/RFRLH) ......................................................66
Set 5 - Flow control and IR control and Frame Status FIFO registers.................................. 66
7.7.1
7.7.2
7.7.3
7.7.4
7.7.5
Set5.Reg0, 1 - Flow Control Baud Rate Divisor Latch Register (FCDLL/ FCDHL) .................66
Set5.Reg2 - Flow Control Mode Operation (FC_MD) .............................................................67
Set5.Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR) ................................................................................68
Set5.Reg4 - Infrared Configure Register 1 (IRCFG1).............................................................68
Set5.Reg5 - Frame Status FIFO Register (FS_FO) ...............................................................69
-III -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.7.6
Set5.Reg6, 7 - Receiver Frame Length FIFO (RFLFL/RFLFH) or Lost Frame Number
(LST_NU) .............................................................................................................................................69
7.8
Set6 - IR Physical Layer Control Registers .......................................................................... 70
7.8.1
7.8.2
7.8.3
7.8.4
7.8.5
7.9
Set6.Reg0 - Infrared Configure Register 2 (IR_CFG2)...........................................................70
Set6.Reg1 - MIR (1.152M/0.576M bps) Pulse Width..............................................................71
Set6.Reg2 - SIR Pulse Width .................................................................................................72
Set6.Reg3 - Set Select Register.............................................................................................72
Set6.Reg4 - High Speed Infrared Beginning Flag Number (HIR_FNU) .................................72
Set7 - Remote control and IR module selection registers .................................................... 73
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
7.9.4
7.9.5
7.9.6
7.9.7
7.9.8
Set7.Reg0 - Remote Infrared Receiver Control (RIR_RXC) ...................................................73
Set7.Reg1 - Remote Infrared Transmitter Control (RIR_TXC) ...............................................75
Set7.Reg2 - Remote Infrared Config Register (RIR_CFG) .....................................................76
Set7.Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR) ................................................................................77
Set7.Reg4 - Infrared Module (Front End) Select 1 (IRM_SL1) ...............................................77
Set7.Reg5 - Infrared Module (Front End) Select 2 (IRM_SL2) ...............................................78
Set7.Reg6 - Infrared Module (Front End) Select 3 (IRM_SL3) ...............................................78
Set7.Reg7 - Infrared Module Control Register (IRM_CR).......................................................79
8. PARALLEL PORT ............................................................................................................................ 81
8.1
Printer Interface Logic ........................................................................................................... 81
8.2
Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP)............................................................................................... 82
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.7
8.2.8
8.3
Data Swapper.........................................................................................................................82
Printer Status Buffer ...............................................................................................................83
Printer Control Latch and Printer Control Swapper.................................................................84
EPP Address Port...................................................................................................................84
EPP Data Port 0-3 ..................................................................................................................85
Bit Map of Parallel Port and EPP Registers............................................................................85
EPP Pin Descriptions .............................................................................................................86
EPP Operation .......................................................................................................................86
Extended Capabilities Parallel (ECP) Port............................................................................ 87
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
8.3.8
8.3.9
8.3.10
8.3.11
8.3.12
8.3.13
8.3.14
8.3.15
8.3.16
ECP Register and Mode Definitions .......................................................................................87
Data and ecpAFifo Port ..........................................................................................................88
Device Status Register (DSR) ................................................................................................88
Device Control Register (DCR)...............................................................................................89
cFifo (Parallel Port Data FIFO) Mode = 010 ...........................................................................89
ecpDFifo (ECP Data FIFO) Mode = 011.................................................................................90
tFifo (Test FIFO Mode) Mode = 110 .......................................................................................90
cnfgA (Configuration Register A) Mode = 111 ........................................................................90
cnfgB (Configuration Register B) Mode = 111 ........................................................................90
ecr (Extended Control Register) Mode = all............................................................................91
Bit Map of ECP Port Registers ...............................................................................................92
ECP Pin Descriptions .............................................................................................................93
ECP Operation .......................................................................................................................93
FIFO Operation ......................................................................................................................94
DMA Transfers .......................................................................................................................94
Programmed I/O (NON-DMA) Mode.......................................................................................94
-IV
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.4
Extension FDD Mode (EXTFDD) .......................................................................................... 95
8.5
Extension 2FDD Mode (EXT2FDD) ...................................................................................... 95
9. REAL-TIME CLOCK (RTC) AND "ON-NOW" CONTROL ............................................................... 96
9.1
REGISTER ADDRESS MAP................................................................................................. 96
9.2
Update Cycle......................................................................................................................... 98
9.3
REGISTERS ......................................................................................................................... 99
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
Register 0Ah...........................................................................................................................99
Register 0Bh (Read/Write) ...................................................................................................100
Register 0Ch (Read only) .....................................................................................................101
Register D (Read only) .........................................................................................................102
9.4
"On-Now" Control................................................................................................................ 102
9.5
Power-On Events ................................................................................................................ 102
9.6
Power-Off Events ................................................................................................................ 102
9.7
Registers ............................................................................................................................. 103
9.7.1
9.7.2
9.7.3
9.7.4
On-Now”” Register 1 (Bank2 Register 49h) ..........................................................................103
On-Now_ Register 2 (Bank2 Register 4Ah) ..........................................................................104
"On-Now" Register 3 (Bank2 Register 4Bh) .........................................................................105
"On-Now" Register 4 (Bank2 Register 4Ch) .........................................................................106
10. KEYBOARD CONTROLLER ......................................................................................................... 107
10.1
Output Buffer ....................................................................................................................... 108
10.2
Input Buffer.......................................................................................................................... 108
10.3
Status Register.................................................................................................................... 108
10.4
Commands.......................................................................................................................... 109
10.5
HARDWARE GATEA20/KEYBOARD RESET CONTROL LOGIC..................................... 110
10.5.1
10.5.2
KB Control Register (Logic Device 5, CR-F0).......................................................................110
Port 92 Control Register (Default Value = 0x24) ..................................................................111
11. GENERAL PURPOSE I/O ............................................................................................................. 112
11.1
Basic I/O functions .............................................................................................................. 113
11.2
Alternate I/O Functions ....................................................................................................... 115
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.2.5
Interrupt Steering..................................................................................................................115
Watch Dog Timer Output......................................................................................................115
Power LED ...........................................................................................................................116
General Purpose Address Decoder......................................................................................116
General Purpose Write Strobe..............................................................................................116
12. PLUG AND PLAY CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................... 117
12.1
Comply PnP ........................................................................................................................ 117
12.1.1
12.1.2
12.1.3
12.1.4
12.2
Wait for Key State.................................................................................................................117
Sleep State...........................................................................................................................118
Isolation State.......................................................................................................................118
Configure State.....................................................................................................................118
Compatible PnP .................................................................................................................. 118
-V -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
Extended Function Registers................................................................................................118
Extended Functions Enable Registers (EFERs) ...................................................................119
Extended Function Index Registers (EFIRs), Extended Function Data Registers (EFDRs) .119
13. CONFIGURATION REGISTER ..................................................................................................... 120
13.1
Chip (Global) Control Register............................................................................................ 120
13.2
Logical Device 0 (FDC) ....................................................................................................... 125
13.3
Logical Device 1 (Parallel Port)........................................................................................... 128
13.4
Logical Device 2 (UART A)¢).............................................................................................. 130
13.5
Logical Device 3 (UART B) ................................................................................................. 131
13.6
Logical Device 4 (Real Time Clock).................................................................................... 132
13.7
Logical Device 5 (KBC) ....................................................................................................... 133
13.8
Logical Device 6 (IR)........................................................................................................... 134
13.9
Logical Device 7 (Auxiliary I/O Part I) ................................................................................. 136
13.10 Logical Device 8 (Auxiliary I/O Part II) ................................................................................ 139
14. SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................................... 144
14.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings ................................................................................................ 144
14.2
DC CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................... 144
14.3
AC Characteristics .............................................................................................................. 148
14.3.1
14.3.2
14.3.3
14.3.4
14.3.5
14.3.6
14.3.7
14.3.8
14.3.9
14.3.10
FDC: Data rate = 1 MB, 500 KB, 300 KB, 250 KB/sec. ........................................................148
UART/Parallel Port ...............................................................................................................150
Parallel Port Mode Parameters.............................................................................................150
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle Timing Parameters .........................................................151
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle Timing Parameters .........................................................152
Parallel Port FIFO Timing Parameters..................................................................................153
ECP Parallel Port Forward Timing Parameters ....................................................................153
ECP Parallel Port Reverse Timing Parameters ....................................................................153
KBC Timing Parameters.......................................................................................................154
GPIO, ACPI, ROM Interface Timing Parameters..................................................................155
15. TIMING WAVEFORMS.................................................................................................................. 156
15.1
FDC ..................................................................................................................................... 156
15.2
UART/Parallel ..................................................................................................................... 157
15.2.1
15.3
Parallel Port......................................................................................................................... 159
15.3.1
15.3.2
15.3.3
15.3.4
15.3.5
15.3.6
15.3.7
15.3.8
15.4
Modem Control Timing .........................................................................................................158
Parallel Port Timing ..............................................................................................................159
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.9) ..........................................................160
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)...........................................................161
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.7) ..........................................................162
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)...........................................................163
Parallel Port FIFO Timing .....................................................................................................163
ECP Parallel Port Forward Timing........................................................................................164
ECP Parallel Port Reverse Timing........................................................................................164
KBC ..................................................................................................................................... 165
-VI
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.4.1
15.4.2
15.4.3
15.4.4
15.4.5
15.4.6
15.4.7
Write Cycle Timing ...............................................................................................................165
Read Cycle Timing ...............................................................................................................165
Send Data to K/B..................................................................................................................165
Receive Data from K/B .........................................................................................................166
Input Clock ...........................................................................................................................166
Send Data to Mouse.............................................................................................................166
Receive Data from Mouse ....................................................................................................166
15.5
GPIO Write Timing Diagram ............................................................................................... 167
15.6
Master Reset (MR) Timing.................................................................................................. 167
15.7
ACPI .................................................................................................................................... 167
15.7.1
PANSW
15.7.2
RIA , RIB , KLCK, MCLK, PWAKIN1, PWAKIN2 Trigger and PSCTRL
15.7.3
PHRI
Trigger and PSCTRL Timing ..........................................................................167
Timing .............168
Trigger and PSCTRL Timing ...............................................................................168
16. APPLICATION CIRCUITS ............................................................................................................. 169
16.1
Parallel Port Extension FDD ............................................................................................... 169
16.2
Parallel Port Extension 2FDD ............................................................................................. 170
16.3
Four FDD Mode .................................................................................................................. 170
17. ORDERING INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 171
18. HOW TO READ THE TOP MARKING........................................................................................... 172
19. PACKAGE DIMENSIONS.............................................................................................................. 173
-VII -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This data sheet covers two products: W83977F/G, and W83977AF/AG whose pin assignment, and
most of the functions are the same. W83977AF/AG is an advanced version of W83977F/G featuring
the FIR function.
W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG are evolving products from Winbond’s most popular I/O chip W83877F -- which integrates the disk drive adapter, serial port (UART), IrDA 1.0 SIR, parallel port, configurable
plug-and-play registers in one chip --- plus additional powerful features: ACPI, 8042 keyboard
controller with PS/2 mouse support, Real Time Clock, 14 general purpose I/O ports, full 16-bit address
decoding, TV remote IR (Consumer IR, supporting NEC, RC-5, extended RC-5, and RECS-80
protocols). In addition, W83977AF/AG provides the functions of IrDA 1.1 (MIR for 1.152M bps or FIR
for 4M bps).
The disk drive adapter functions of W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG include a floppy disk drive controller
compatible with the industry standard 82077/ 765, data separator, write pre-compensation circuit,
decode logic, data rate selection, clock generator, drive interface control logic, and interrupt/ DMA
logic. The wide range of functions integrated onto the W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG greatly reduces the
number of components required for interfacing with floppy disk drives. The W83977F/G,
W83977AF/AG supports up to four 360K, 720K, 1.2M, 1.44M, or 2.88M disk drives and data transfer
rates of 250 Kb/s, 300 Kb/s, 500 Kb/s,1 Mb/s, and 2 Mb/s.
The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provide two high-speed serial communication ports (UARTs), one of
which supports serial Infrared communication. Each UART includes a 16-byte send/receive FIFO, a
programmable baud rate generator, complete modem control capability, and a processor interrupt
system. Both UARTs provide legacy speed with baud rate 115.2k and provide advanced speed with
baud rate 230k, 460k, and 921k bps which support higher speed modems. W83977AF/AG alone
provides independent 3rd UART (32-byte FIFO) dedicated for IR function.
The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG supports one PC-compatible printer port (SPP), Bi-directional Printer
port (BPP) and also Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) and Extended Capabilities Port (ECP). Through
the printer port interface pins, also available are: Extension FDD Mode and Extension 2FDD Mode
allowing one or two external floppy disk drives to be connected.
The configuration registers support mode selection, function enable/disable, and power down function
selection. Furthermore, the configurable PnP features are compatible with the plug-and-play feature
TM
demand of Windows 95 , which makes system resource allocation more efficient than ever.
W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provides functions that comply with ACPI (Advanced Configuration and
Power Interface), which includes support of legacy and ACPI power management through SMI or SCI
function pins. W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG also has auto power management to reduce power
consumption.
The keyboard controller is based on 8042 compatible instruction set with a 2K Byte programmable
ROM and a 256-Byte RAM bank. Keyboard BIOS firmware is available with optional AMIKEYTM -2,
Phoenix MultiKey/42TM, or customer code.
The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provides a set of flexible I/O control functions to the system designer
through a set of General Purpose I/O ports. These GPIO ports may serve as simple I/O or may be
individually configured to provide a pre-defined alternate function.
W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG is made to fully comply with MicrosoftTM PC97 Hardware Design
Guide. IRQs, DMAs, and I/O space resource are flexible to adjust to meet ISA PnP requirement. Full
16-bit address decoding is also provided. Moreover W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG is made to meet the
specification of PC97‘s requirement in the power management: ACPI and DPM (Device Power
Management).
-1 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
2. FEATURES
General
y
Plug & Play 1.0A Compliant
y
Support 13 IRQs, 4 DMA channels, full 16-bit addresses decoding
y
Capable of ISA Bus IRQ Sharing
y
Compliant with Microsoft PC97 Hardware Design Guide
y
Support DPM (Device Power Management), ACPI
y
Programmable configuration settings
y
24 or 14.318 Mhz clock input
FDC
y
Compatible with IBM PC AT disk drive systems
y
Variable write pre-compensation with track selectable capability
y
Support vertical recording format
y
DMA enable logic
y
16-byte data FIFOs
y
Support floppy disk drives and tape drives
y
Detects all overrun and underrun conditions
y
Built-in address mark detection circuit to simplify the read electronics
y
FDD anti-virus functions with software write protect and FDD write enable signal (write data
signal was forced to be inactive)
y
Support up to four 3.5-inch or 5.25-inch floppy disk drives
y
Completely compatible with industry standard 82077
y
360K/720K/1.2M/1.44M/2.88M format; 250K, 300K, 500K, 1M, 2M bps data transfer rate
y
Support 3-mode FDD, and its Win95 driver
UART
y
Two high-speed 16550 compatible UARTs with 16-byte send/receive FIFOs
y
3rd UART with 32-byte send/receive FIFO is supported for IR function [W83977AF/AG only]
y
MIDI compatible
y
Fully programmable serial-interface characteristics:
--- 5, 6, 7 or 8-bit characters
--- Even, odd or no parity bit generation/detection
--- 1, 1.5 or 2 stop bits generation
y
Internal diagnostic capabilities:
--- Loop-back controls for communications link fault isolation
--- Break, parity, overrun, framing error simulation
y
Programmable baud generator allows division of 1.8461 Mhz and 24 Mhz by 1 to (216-1)
y
Maximum baud rate up to 921k bps for 14.769 Mhz and 1.5M bps for 24 Mhz
-2
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Infrared
y
Support IrDA version 1.0 SIR protocol with maximum baud rate up to 115.2K bps
y
Support SHARP ASK-IR protocol with maximum baud rate up to 57,600 bps
y
Support IrDA version 1.1 MIR (1.152M bps) and FIR (4M bps) protocol [W83977AF/AG only]
--- Single DMA channel for transmitter or receiver
--- 3rd UART with 32-byte FIFO is supported in both TX/RX transmission [W83977AF/AG only]
--- 8-byte status FIFO is supported to store received frame status (such as overrun CRC error,
etc.)
y
Support auto-config SIR and FIR [W83977AF/AG only]
Parallel Port
y
Compatible with IBM parallel port
y
Support PS/2 compatible bi-directional parallel port
y
Support Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) − Compatible with IEEE 1284 specification
y
Support Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) − Compatible with IEEE 1284 specification
y
Extension FDD mode supports disk drive B; and Extension 2FDD mode supports disk drives A
and B through parallel port
y
Enhanced printer port back-drive current protection
Advanced Power Management (APM) Controlling
y
Power turned on when RTC reaches a preset date and time
y
Power turned on when a ring pulse or pulse train is detected on the PHRI, or when a high to low
transition on PWAKIN1, or PWAKIN2 input signals
y
Power turned on when PANSW input signal indicates a switch on event
y
Power turned off when PANSW input signal indicates a switch off event
y
Power turned off when a fail-safe event occurs (power-save mode detected but system is hung
up)
y
Power turned off when software issues a power off command
Keyboard Controller
y
8042 based with optional F/W from AMIKKEYTM-2, Phoenix MultiKey/42TM or customer code
y
with 2K bytes of programmable ROM, and 256 bytes of RAM
y
Asynchronous Access to Two Data Registers and One status Register
y
Software compatibility with the 8042 and PC87911 microcontrollers
y
Support PS/2 mouse
y
Support port 92
y
Support both interrupt and polling modes
y
Fast Gate A20 and Hardware Keyboard Reset
y
8 Bit Timer/ Counter; support binary and BCD arithmetic
y
6, 8, 12, or 16 Mhz operating frequency (16 Mhz available only if input clock rate = 14.318 Mhz)
-3 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Real Time Clock
y
27 bytes of clock, On-Now, and control/status register (14 bytes in Bank 0 and 13 bytes in Bank
2); 242 bytes of general purpose RAM
y
BCD or Binary representation of time, calendar, and alarm registers
y
Counts seconds, minutes, hours, days of week, days of month, month, year, and century
y
12-hour/ 24-hour clock with AM/PM in 12-hour mode
y
Daylight saving time option; automatic leap-year adjustment
y
Dedicated alarm (Alarm B) for On-Now function
y
Programmable delay-time between panel switch off and power supply control
y
Software control power-off; various and maskable events to activate system Power-On
y
System Management Interrupt ( SMI ) for panel switch power-off event
General Purpose I/O Ports
y
14 programmable general purpose I/O ports; 6 dedicate, 8 optional
y
General purpose I/O ports can serve as simple I/O ports, interrupt steering inputs, watching dog
timer output, power LED output, infrared I/O pins, general purpose address decoder, KBC control
I/O pins.
Package
y
128-pin PQFP
-4
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
3. PIN CONFIGURATION
I I
RR
QQ
1 1
2 1
I
RI I I I
QR R R R
1 QQQQ
01 3 4 5
/ /
P P
A S
N C
S T
W
, L,
I I I I
GG
R R R RA V A A A A V A
P PV
Q Q Q Q1 S 1 1 1 1 C 1 A A A A A A A A A A 2 2 S
6 7 8 9 5 S 4 3 2 1 C0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 3 2 B
/ P
S H
MR
I, I ,
G GMK
P PCC
2 2 L L
1 0 KK
/
R
I
B
/
R
I
A
1 1 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 6
0 0 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5
2 1 0
IRQ14/GP14
IRQ15/GP15
IOR
IOW
AEN
IOCHRDY
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
VCC
D6
D7
MR
DACK0/GP16
VSS
DRQ0/GP17
DACK1
DRQ1
DACK2
DRQ2
DACK3
DRQ3
TC
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
VBAT
XTAL1
VSS
XTAL2
MDATA
KDATA
KBLOCK/GP13
KBRST/GP12
GA20/GP11
VCC
DCDB
SOUTB
SINB
DTRB/ENCPNP
RTSB/PENPLL
DSRB
CTSB
DCDA
SOUTA/PENKRC
SINA
DTRA/PNPCSV
RTSA/HEFRAS
DSRA
CTSA
CIRRX/GP24
IRRXH/IRSL0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 33 3 3 33 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 12 3 4 56 7 8
C
L
K
I
N
D
R
V
D
E
N
0
D/ / / / / / / /
R D H R W T WW S
VS E DP R E D T
DK A A A
E
ECDT K
P
NH A 0
1, G
G
P
1
0
/
D
I
R
/ / /
MDD
OSS
B AB
/
M
O
A
/ S P V B / PP V P P P PP P / / / / /
I L E C U A DD S D D D D D D S I E A S
NC C S C 7 6 S 5 4 3 2 1 0 L N RF T
I I RD B
DT
YK
E
NT
X
-5 -
I
R
R
X
I
R
T
X
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
4. PIN DESCRIPTION
Note: Please refer to Section 11.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS for details.
I/O6t - TTL level bi-directional pin with 6 mA source-sink capability
I/O8t - TTL level bi-directional pin with 8 mA source-sink capability
I/O8 - CMOS level bi-directional pin with 8 mA source-sink capability
I/O12t - TTL level bi-directional pin with 12 mA source-sink capability
I/O12 - CMOS level bi-directional pin with 12 mA source-sink capability
I/O16u - CMOS level bi-directional pin with 16 mA source-sink capability with internal pull-up resistor
I/OD16u - CMOS level bi-directional pin open drain output with 16 mA sink capability with internal pullup resistor
I/O24t - TTL level bi-directional pin with 24 mA source-sink capability
OUT8t - TTL level output pin with 8 mA source-sink capability
OUT12t - TTL level output pin with 12 mA source-sink capability
OD12 - Open-drain output pin with 12 mA sink capability
OD24 - Open-drain output pin with 24 mA sink capability
INt - TTL level input pin
INc - CMOS level input pin
INcu - CMOS level input pin with internal pull-up resitor
INcs - CMOS level Schmitt-triggered input pin
INts - TTL level Schmitt-triggered input pin
INtsu - TTL level Schmitt-triggered input pin with internal pull-up resistor
4.1
Host Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
A0−A10
74-84
INt
System address bus bits 0-10
A11-A14
86-89
INt
System address bus bits 11-14
91
INt
System address bus bit 15
D0−D5
109-114
I/O12t
System data bus bits 0-5
D6−D7
116-117
I/O12t
System data bus bits 6-7
IOR
105
INts
CPU I/O read signal
IOW
106
INts
CPU I/O write signal
AEN
107
INt
System address bus enable
IOCHRDY
108
OD24
MR
118
INts
A15
FUNCTION
In EPP Mode, this pin is the IO Channel Ready output to extend the
host read/write cycle.
Master Reset. Active high. MR is low during normal operations.
-6
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Host Interface, continued.
SYMBOL
DACK0
PIN
I/O
119
INts
I/O12t
GP16 (WDTO)
P15
I/O12t
RTSC
OUT12t
CR2C bit5, 4= 00 (default): DMA Channel 0 Acknowledge signal.
CR2C bit5, 4= 01: General purpose I/O port 1 bit 6. It can be
configured as a watchdog timer output.
CR2C bit5, 4= 10: Keyboard P15 I/O port.
CR2C bit5, 4= 11: RTS output of UART C. [W83977AF only]
OUT12t
CR2C bit7, 6= 00 (default): DMA Channel 0 request signal.
GP17
(PLEDO)
I/O12t
CR2C bit7, 6= 01: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 7.
configured as power LED output.
P14
I/O12t
CR2C bit7, 6= 10: Keyboard P14 I/O port.
DRQ0
121
FUNCTION
DTRC
OUT12t
It can be
CR2C bit7, 6= 11: DTR output of UART C. [W83977AF only]
DACK1
122
INts
DMA Channel 1 Acknowledge signal
DRQ1
123
OUT12t
DACK2
124
INts
DRQ2
125
OUT12t
DACK3
126
INts
DRQ3
127
OUT12t
TC
128
INts
IRQ1
99
OUT12t
Interrupt request 1
IRQ3
98
OUT12t
Interrupt request 3
IRQ4
97
OUT12t
Interrupt request 4
IRQ5
96
OUT12t
Interrupt request 5
IRQ6
95
OUT12t
Interrupt request 6
IRQ7
94
OUT12t
Interrupt request 7
IRQ8/ nIRQ8
93
OUT12t
Interrupt request 8; default is nIRQ8 for RTC
IRQ9
92
OUT12t
Interrupt request 9
IRQ10
100
OUT12t
Interrupt request 10
IRQ11
101
OUT12t
Interrupt request 11
IRQ12
102
OUT12t
Interrupt request 12
DMA Channel 1 request signal
DMA Channel 2 Acknowledge signal
DMA Channel 2 request signal
DMA Channel 3 Acknowledge signal
DMA Channel 3 request signal
Terminal Count. When active, this pin indicates termination of a DMA
transfer.
-7 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Host Interface, continued.
SYMBOL
IRQ14
PIN
I/O
103
OUT12t
GP14
I/O12t
( GPACS )
PLED
OUT12t
IRSL1
OUT12t
IRQ15
104
GP15
OUT12t
I/O12t
( GPAWE )
WDT
OUT12t
IRSL2
OUT12t
CLKIN
4.2
1
INt
FUNCTION
CR2C bit1, 0= 00 (default): Interrupt request 14
CR2C bit1, 0= 01: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 4. It can be configured
as a general purpose address decode output.
CR2C bit1, 0= 10: Power LED output.
CR2C bit1, 0= 11: IR module select signal 1. [W83977AF only]
CR2C bit3, 2= 00 (default): Interrupt request 15
CR2C bit3, 2= 01: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 5. It can be configured
as a general purpose address write enable output.
CR2C bit3, 2= 10: Watch-Dog timer output.
CR2C bit3, 2= 11: IR module select signal 2. [W83977AF only]
14.318/ 24 Mhz clock input, selectable through bit 5 of CR24.
Advanced Power Management
SYMBOL
PHRI
PIN
I/O
FUNCTION
69
INt
CR2B bit2, 1=00 (default): Advanced Power Management (APM) phone
ring indicator. Detection of an active PHRI pulse or pulse train activates
the PSCTL signal.
GP20
(KBRST)
POFIRQ
I/O12t
70
OUT12t
CR2B bit2, 1=01: General purpose I/O port 2, bit 0. It can be configured
as keyboard reset (Keyboard P20).
CR2B bit4, 3=00 (default): Advanced Power Management (APM) power
off interrupt request.
GP21 (P13)
I/O12t
CR2B bit4, 3=01: General purpose I/O port 2, bit 1. It can be configured
as Keyboard P13 I/O port.
P16
I/O12t
CR2B bit4, 3=10: Keyboard P16 I/O port.
RIC
INt
VSB
71
-
PSCTL
72
OUT12t
GP22 (P14)
PANSW
I/O12t
73
INt
CR2B bit4, 3=11: RI input of UART C. [W83977AF only]
Advanced Power Management (APM) standby current source
CR2B bit5=0 (default): On/Off control for Advanced Power Management
(APM). This signal tells the main power supply whether power should be
turned on.
CR2B bit5=1: General purpose I/O port 2, bit 2. It can be configured as
Keyboard P14 I/O port.
CR2B bit7, 6=00 (default): On/Off switch for Advanced Power
Management (APM). This signal indicates a request to switch the power
on or off. When the VDD of the chip is disrupted, a high to low transition
on this pin indicates a switch on request. When VDD returns, a high to
low transition on this pin indicates a switch off request.
-8
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Advanced Power Management, continued.
SYMBOL
PIN
GP23 (P15)
DCDC
4.3
I/O
FUNCTION
I/O12t
CR2B bit7, 6=01: General purpose I/O port 2, bit 3. It can be configured
as Keyboard P15 I/O port.
INt
CR2B bit7, 6=11: DCD input of UART C. [W83977AF only]
Serial Port Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
FUNCTION
CTSA
41
INt
Clear To Send is the modem control input.
CTSB
48
DSRA
42
DSRB
49
RTSA
43
The function of these pins can be tested by reading Bit 4 of the
handshake status register.
INt
I/O8t
50
I/O8t
UART B Request To Send. An active low signal informs the modem or
data set that the controller is ready to send data.
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is defined
as nPENPLL, which provides the power-on value for CR24 bit 5 (ENPLL)
and bit 6. A 4.7 k Ω is recommended if intends to pull up. (PLL is
disabled)
nPENPLL
DTRA
UART A Request To Send. An active low signal informs the modem or
data set that the controller is ready to send data.
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is defined
as HEFRAS, which provides the power-on value for CR26 bit 6
(HEFRAS). A 4.7 kΩ is recommended if intends to pull up. (select 370H
as configuration I/O port address)
HEFRAS
RTSB
Data Set Ready. An active low signal indicates the modem or data set is
ready to establish a communication link and transfer data to the UART.
44
I/O8t
UART A Data Terminal Ready. An active low signal informs the modem
or data set that the controller is ready to communicate.
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is defined
PNPCSV
as PNPCSV , which provides the power-on value for CR24 bit 0
( PNPCSV ). A 4.7 kΩ is recommended if intends to pull up. (clear the
default value of FDC, UARTs, and PTR)
DTRB
51
I/O8t
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is defined
as ENCPNP, which provides the power-on value for CR24 bit 1
(ENPNP). A 4.7 k Ω is recommended if intends to pull up. (enable
comply PnP mode)
ENCPNP
SINA
SINB
UART B Data Terminal Ready. An active low signal informs the modem
or data set that controller is ready to communicate.
45, 52
INt
Serial Input. Used to receive serial data through the communication link.
-9 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Serial Port Interface, continued.
SYMBOL
SOUTA
PIN
I/O
46
I/O8t
FUNCTION
UART A Serial Output.
communication link.
Used to transmit serial data out to the
During power-on reset, this pin is pulled down internally and is
defined as PENKRC, which provides the power-on value for
CR24 bit 2 (ENKBRTC). A 4.7 kΩ is recommended if intends to
pull up. (enable KBC and RTC)
PENKRC
SOUTB
53
I/O8t
DCDA
DCDB
47
INt
Data Carrier Detect. An active low signal indicates the modem or
data set has detected a data carrier.
RIA
65
INt
RIB
66
Ring Indicator. An active low signal indicates that a ring signal is
being received from the modem or data set.
PIN
I/O
FUNCTION
IRRX (SINC)
37
INcs
Infrared Receiver input. It functions as SIN input if UART C is
configured as a simple serial port. [W83977AF only]
IRTX
(SOUTC)
38
OUT12t
Infrared Transmitter Output. It functions as SOUT output if UART C is
configured as a simple serial port. [W83977AF only]
IRRXH
39
I/O12t
4.4
54
UART B Serial Output. Used to transmit serial data out to the
communication link.
Infrared Interface
SYMBOL
IRSL0
OUT12t
GP25 (GA20)
I/O12t
CTSC
INt
CIRRX
40
INt
GP24 (P16)
I/O12t
P13
I/O12t
CR2A bit3, 2=00 (default): High speed IR receiving terminal.
CR2A bit3, 2=01: IR module select 0.
CR2A bit3, 2=10: General purpose I/O port 2, bit 5. It can be configured
as GATE A20 (Keyboard P21).
CR2A bit3, 2=11: CTS input of UART C. [W83977AF only]
CR2A bit5, 4=00 (default): Consumer IR receiving terminal.
CR2A bit5, 4=01: General purpose I/O port 2, bit 4. It can be configured
as Keyboard P16 I/O port.
CR2A bit5, 4=10: Keyboard P13 I/O
-10
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
4.5
Multi-Mode Parallel Port
The following pins have alternate functions, which are controlled by CR28 and L3-CRF0.
SYMBOL
SLCT
PIN
I/O
18
INt
FUNCTION
PRINTER MODE: SLCT
An active high input on this pin indicates that the printer is selected. This
pin is pulled high internally. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: WE2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the WE pin
of FDC.
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: WE2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
WE pin of FDC.
PE
19
INt
PRINTER MODE: PE
An active high input on this pin indicates that the printer has detected the
end of the paper. This pin is pulled high internally. Refer to description
of the parallel port for definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: WD2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the WD pin
of FDC.
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: WD2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
WD pin of FDC.
BUSY
21
INt
PRINTER MODE: BUSY
An active high input indicates that the printer is not ready to receive data.
This pin is pulled high internally. Refer to description of the parallel port
for definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: MOB2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; the function of this pin is the same as
the MOB pin of FDC.
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: MOB2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; the function of this pin is the
same as the MOB pin of FDC.
-11 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Multi-Mode Parallel Port, continued.
SYMBOL
ACK
ERR
SLIN
PIN
I/O
FUNCTION
22
INt
PRINTER MODE: ACK
An active low input on this pin indicates that the printer has received
data and is ready to accept more data. This pin is pulled high internally.
Refer to description of the parallel port for definition of this pin in ECP
and EPP mode.
34
32
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: DSB2
This pin is for the Extension FDD B; its functions is the same as the
DSB pin of FDC.
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: DSB2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; it functions is the same as the
DSB pin of FDC.
INt
PRINTER MODE: ERR
An active low input on this pin indicates that the printer has encountered
an error condition. This pin is pulled high internally. Refer to description
of the parallel port for definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: HEAD2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
HEAD pin of FDC.
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: HEAD2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
HEAD pin of FDC.
OD12
PRINTER MODE: SLIN
Output line for detection of printer selection. This pin is pulled high
internally. Refer to description of the parallel port for definition of this pin
in ECP and EPP mode.
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: STEP2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the STEP
pin of FDC.
INIT
33
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: STEP2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
STEP pin of FDC.
OD12
PRINTER MODE: INIT
Output line for the printer initialization. This pin is pulled high internally.
Refer to description of the parallel port for definition of this pin in ECP
and EPP mode.
OD12
EXTENSION FDD MODE: DIR2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the DIR pin
of FDC.
OD12
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: DIR2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
DIR pin of FDC.
-12
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Multi-Mode Parallel Port, continued.
SYMBOL
AFD
PIN
I/O
35
OD12
OD12
OD12
STB
PD0
PD1
PD2
36
OD12
31
I/O24t
30
29
FUNCTION
PRINTER MODE: AFD
An active low output from this pin causes the printer to auto feed a line
after a line is printed. This pin is pulled high internally. Refer to
description of the parallel port for definition of this pin in ECP and EPP
mode.
EXTENSION FDD MODE: DRVDEN0
This pin is for Extension FDD B; its function is the same as the
DRVDEN0 pin of FDC.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: DRVDEN0
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; its function is the same as the
DRVDEN0 pin of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: STB
An active low output is used to latch the parallel data into the printer. This
pin is pulled high internally. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
EXTENSION FDD MODE: This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: This pin is a tri-state output.
PRINTER MODE: PD0
Parallel port data bus bit 0. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
INt
EXTENSION FDD MODE: INDEX2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; the function of this pin is the same as the
INDEX pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
INt
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: INDEX2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; the function of this pin is the same
as the INDEX pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
PRINTER MODE: PD1
Parallel port data bus bit 1. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode. .
I/O24t
INt
EXTENSION FDD MODE: TRAK02
This pin is for Extension FDD B; the function of this pin is the same as the
TRAK0 pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally..
INt
EXTENSION. 2FDD MODE: TRAK02
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; the function of this pin is the same
as the TRAK0 pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
PRINTER MODE: PD2
Parallel port data bus bit 2. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode..
I/O24t
INt
EXTENSION FDD MODE: WP2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; the function of this pin is the same as the
WP pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
INt
EXTENSION. 2FDD MODE: WP2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; the function of this pin is the same
as the WP pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
-13 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Multi-Mode Parallel Port, continued.
SYMBOL
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PIN
I/O
28
I/O24t
27
EXTENSION FDD MODE: RDATA2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; the function of this pin is the same as the
RDATA pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
INt
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: RDATA2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; this function of this pin is the same
as the RDATA pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
PRINTER MODE: PD4
Parallel port data bus bit 4. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
I/O24t
INt
EXTENSION FDD MODE: DSKCHG2
This pin is for Extension FDD B; the function of this pin is the same as the
DSKCHG pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
INt
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: DSKCHG2
This pin is for Extension FDD A and B; this function of this pin is the same
as the DSKCHG pin of FDC. It is pulled high internally.
PRINTER MODE: PD5
Parallel port data bus bit 5. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
EXTENSION FDD MODE: This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: This pin is a tri-state output.
26
I/O24t
24
I/O24t
23
PRINTER MODE: PD3
Parallel port data bus bit 3. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
INt
OD24
PD7
FUNCTION
I/O24t
OD24
PRINTER MODE: PD6
Parallel port data bus bit 6. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
EXTENSION FDD MODE: This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION. 2FDD MODE: MOA2
This pin is for Extension FDD A; its function is the same as the MOA pin
of FDC.
PRINTER MODE: PD7
Parallel port data bus bit 7. Refer to description of the parallel port for
definition of this pin in ECP and EPP mode.
EXTENSION FDD MODE: This pin is a tri-state output.
EXTENSION 2FDD MODE: DSA2
This pin is for Extension FDD A; its function is the same as the DSA pin
of FDC.
-14
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
4.6
FDC Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
FUNCTION
DRVDEN0
2
OD24
Drive Density Select bit 0.
DRVDEN1
3
OD24
Drive Density Select bit 1.
GP10
(IRQIN1)
Alternate Function 1: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 0. It can be configured
as an interrupt channel.
P12
Alternate Function 2: Keyboard P12 I/O port.
DSRC
Alternate Function 3: DSR input of UART C [W83977AF only]
HEAD
5
OD24
Head select. This open drain output determines which disk drive head is
active.
Logic 1 = side 0; Logic 0 = side 1
WE
9
OD24
Write enable. An open drain output.
WD
10
OD24
Write data. This logic low open drain writes precompensation serial data to
the selected FDD. An open drain output.
STEP
11
OD24
Step output pulses. This active low open drain output produces a pulse to
move the head to another track.
DIR
12
OD24
Direction of the head step motor. An open drain output.
Logic 1 = outward motion; Logic 0 = inward motion
MOB
13
OD24
Motor B On. When set to 0, this pin enables disk drive 1. This is an open
drain output.
DSA
14
OD24
Drive Select A. When set to 0, this pin enables disk drive A. This is an open
drain output.
DSB
15
OD24
Drive Select B. When set to 0, this pin enables disk drive B. This is an open
drain output.
MOA
16
OD24
Motor A On. When set to 0, this pin enables disk drive 0. This is an open
drain output.
DSKCHG
4
INcs
Diskette change. This signal is active low at power on and when the diskette
is removed. This input pin is pulled up internally by a 1 K　resistor, which can
can be disabled by bit 7 of L0-CRF0 (FIPURDWN).
RDATA
6
INcs
The read data input signal from the FDD. This input pin is pulled up internally
by a 1 K　resistor, which can be disabled by bit 7 of L0-CRF0 (FIPURDWN).
WP
7
INcs
Write protected. This active low Schmitt input from the disk drive indicates
that the diskette is write-protected. This input pin is pulled up internally by a 1
K　resistor, which can be disabled by bit 7 of L0-CRF0 (FIPURDWN).
TRAK0
8
INcs
Track 0. This Schmitt-triggered input from the disk drive is active low when
the head is positioned over the outermost track. This input pin is pulled up
internally by a 1 K　resistor, which can be disabled by bit 7 of L0-CRF0
(FIPURDWN).
INDEX
17
INcs
This Schmitt-triggered input from the disk drive is active low when the head is
positioned over the beginning of a track marked by an index hole. This input
pin is pulled up internally by a 1 K　resistor, which can be disabled by bit 7 of
L0-CRF0 (FIPURDWN).
-15 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
4.7
KBC Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
I/O
FUNCTION
KDATA
59
I/OD16u
Keyboard Data
MDATA
60
I/OD16u
PS2 Mouse Data
KCLK
67
I/OD16u
Keyboard Clock
MCLK
68
I/OD16u
PS2 Mouse Clock
GA20
56
OUT12t
CR2A bit6= 0 (default): Keyboard GATE A20 (P21) Output.
I/O12t
CR2A bit6= 1: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 1.
configured as an interrupt channel.
OUT12t
CR2A bit7= 0 (default): Keyboard Reset (P20) Output.
I/O12t
CR2A bit7= 1: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 2. It can be
configured as watchdog timer output or IRRX (SINC if UART C is
used as a simple serial port [W83977AF only] ) input.
IN16tu
CR2B bit0= 0 (default): Keyboard KINH (P17) Input.
I/O16tu
CR2B bit0= 1: General purpose I/O port 1, bit 3. It can be
configured as watchdog timer output or IRTX (SOUTC if UART C
is used as a simple serial port [W83977AF only] ) output.
I/O
FUNCTION
GP11
(IRQIN2)
KBRST
57
GP12
(WDTO,
IRRX)
KBLOCK
58
GP13
(PLEDO,
IRTX)
4.8
RTC Interface
SYMBOL
PIN
VBAT
64
XTAL1
63
INC
RTC 32.768Khz Clock Input
XTAL2
61
O8t
RTC 32.768Khz Clock Output
4.9
VCC
RTC battery voltage input
POWER PINS
20,55,
+5V power supply for the digital circuitry
85,115
GND
25,62,
Ground
90,120
-16
It can be
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
5. FDC FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
5.1
W83977F/G and W83977AF/AG FDC
The floppy disk controller of the W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG integrates all of the logic required for
floppy disk control. The FDC implements a PC/AT or PS/2 solution. All programmable options default
to compatible values. The FIFO provides better system performance in multi-master systems. The
digital data separator supports up to 2 M bits/sec data rate.
The FDC includes the following blocks: AT interface, Precompensation, Data Rate Selection, Digital
Data Separator, FIFO, and FDC Core.
5.1.1
AT interface
The interface consists of the standard asynchronous signals: RD , WR , A0-A3, IRQ, DMA control,
and a data bus. The address lines select between the configuration registers, the FIFO and
control/status registers. This interface can be switched between PC/AT, Model 30, or PS/2 normal
modes. The PS/2 register sets are a superset of the registers found in a PC/AT.
5.1.2
FIFO (Data)
The FIFO is 16 bytes in size and has programmable threshold values. All command parameter
information and disk data transfers go through the FIFO. Data transfers are governed by the RQM and
DIO bits in the Main Status Register.
The FIFO defaults to disabled mode after any form of reset. This maintains PC/AT hardware
compatibility. The default values can be changed through the CONFIGURE command. The advantage
of the FIFO is that it allows the system a larger DMA latency without causing disk errors. The following
tables give several examples of the delays with a FIFO. The data are based upon the following
formula:
THRESHOLD # × (1/DATA/RATE) *8 - 1.5 μS = DELAY
FIFO THRESHOLD
MAXIMUM DELAY TO SERVICING AT 500K BPS
Data Rate
1 Byte
1 × 16 μS - 1.5 μS = 14.5 μS
2 Byte
2 × 16 μS - 1.5 μS = 30.5 μS
8 Byte
8 × 16 μS - 1.5 μS = 6.5 μS
15 Byte
15 × 16 μS - 1.5 μS = 238.5 μS
FIFO THRESHOLD
MAXIMUM DELAY TO SERVICING AT 1M BPS
Data Rate
1 Byte
1 × 8 μS - 1.5 μS = 6.5 μS
2 Byte
2 × 8 μS - 1.5 μS = 14.5 μS
8 Byte
8 × 8 μS - 1.5 μS = 62.5 μS
15 Byte
15 × 8 μS - 1.5 μS = 118.5 μS
-17 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
At the start of a command the FIFO is always disabled and command parameters must be sent based
upon the RQM and DIO bit settings in the main status register. When the FDC enters the command
execution phase, it clears the FIFO of any data to ensure that invalid data are not transferred.
An overrun and underrun will terminate the current command and the data transfer. Disk writes will
complete the current sector by generating a 00 pattern and valid CRC. Reads require the host to
remove the remaining data so that the result phase may be entered.
DMA transfers are enabled with the SPECIFY command and are initiated by the FDC by activating the
DRQ pin during a data transfer command. The FIFO is enabled directly by asserting DACK and
addresses need not be valid.
Note that if the DMA controller is programmed to function in verify mode a pseudo read is performed
by the FDC based only on DACK . This mode is only available when the FDC has been configured
into byte mode (FIFO disabled) and is programmed to do a read. With the FIFO enabled the above
operation is performed by using the new VERIFY command. No DMA operation is needed.¡@
5.1.3
Data Separator
The function of the data separator is to lock onto the incoming serial read data. When a lock is
achieved the serial front end logic of the chip is provided with a clock which is synchronized to the
read data. The synchronized clock, called the Data Window, is used to internally sample the serial
data portion of the bit cell, and the alternate state samples the clock portion. Serial to parallel
conversion logic separates the read data into clock and data bytes.
The Digital Data Separator (DDS) has three parts: control logic, error adjustment, and speed tracking.
The DDS circuit cycles once every 12 clock cycles ideally. Any data pulse input will be synchronized
and then adjusted by immediate error adjustment. The control logic will generate RDD and RWD for
every pulse input. During any cycle where no data pulse is present, the DDS cycles are based on
speed. A digital integrator is used to keep track of the speed changes in the input data stream.
5.1.4
Write Precompensation
The write precompensation logic is used to minimize bit shifts in the RDDATA stream from the disk
drive. Shifting of bits is a known phenomenon in magnetic media and is dependent on the disk media
and the floppy drive.
The FDC monitors the bit stream that is being sent to the drive. The data patterns that require
precompensation are well known. Depending upon the pattern, the bit is shifted either early or late
relative to the surrounding bits.
5.1.5
Perpendicular Recording Mode
The FDC is also capable of interfacing directly to perpendicular recording floppy drives. Perpendicular
recording differs from the traditional longitudinal method in that the magnetic bits are oriented
vertically. This scheme packs more data bits into the same area.
FDCs with perpendicular recording drives can read standard 3.5" floppy disks and can read and write
perpendicular media. Some manufacturers offer drives that can read and write standard and
perpendicular media in a perpendicular media drive.
A single command puts the FDC into perpendicular mode. All other commands operate as they
normally do. The perpendicular mode requires a 1 Mbps data rate for the FDC. At this data rate the
FIFO eases the host interface bottleneck due to the speed of data transfer to or from the disk.
-18
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
5.1.6
FDC Core
The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG FDC is capable of performing twenty commands. Each command is
initiated by a multi-byte transfer from the microprocessor. The result can also be a multi-byte transfer
back to the microprocessor. Each command consists of three phases: command, execution, and
result.
Command
The microprocessor issues all required information to the controller to perform a specific operation.
Execution
The controller performs the specified operation.
Result
After the operation is completed, status information and other housekeeping information is provided to
the microprocessor.
5.1.7
FDC Commands
Command Symbol Descriptions:
C:
Cylinder number 0 - 256
D:
Data Pattern
DIR:
Step Direction
DIR = 0, step out
DIR = 1, step in
DS0:
Disk Drive Select 0
DS1:
Disk Drive Select 1
DTL:
Data Length
EC:
Enable Count
EOT:
End of Track
EFIFO:
Enable FIFO
EIS:
Enable Implied Seek
EOT:
End of track
FIFOTHR: FIFO Threshold
GAP:
Gap length selection
GPL:
Gap Length
H:
Head number
HDS:
Head number select
HLT:
Head Load Time
HUT:
Head Unload Time
LOCK:
Lock EFIFO, FIFOTHR, PTRTRK bits prevent affected by software reset
MFM:
MFM or FM Mode
MT:
Multitrack
N:
The number of data bytes written in a sector
NCN:
New Cylinder Number
-19 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
ND:
OW:
PCN:
POLL:
PRETRK:
R:
RCN:
R/W:
SC:
SK:
SRT:
ST0:
ST1:
ST2:
ST3:
WG:
Non-DMA Mode
Overwritten
Present Cylinder Number
Polling Disable
Precompensation Start Track Number
Record
Relative Cylinder Number
Read/Write
Sector/per cylinder
Skip deleted data address mark
Step Rate Time
Status Register 0
Status Register 1
Status Register 2
Status Register 3
Write gate alters timing of WE
(1) Read Data
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
Command
W
MT MFM
W
0
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
SK
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
W
-------------------- EOT -----------------------
W
-------------------- GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
Data transfer between the
FDD and system
R
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- H ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
-20
Status information after
command execution
Sector ID information after
command execution
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(2) Read Deleted Data
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
Command
W
MT MFM
W
0
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
SK
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
W
-------------------- EOT -----------------------
W
-------------------- GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
Data transfer between the
FDD and system
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- H ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
-21 -
Status information after
command execution
Sector ID information after
command execution
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(3) Read A Track
PHASE
R/W
D7
Command
W
0
W
0
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
MFM
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
W
-------------------- EOT -----------------------
W
-------------------- GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Data transfer between the
FDD and system; FDD
reads contents of all
cylinders from index hole to
EOT
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- H ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
Status information after
command execution
Sector ID information after
command execution
(4) Read ID
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
1
0
W
0
MFM
0
0
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
Execution
Result
REMARKS
The first correct ID
information on the cylinder
is stored in Data Register
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
---------------------- H ------------------------
-22
Status information after
command execution
Disk status after the
command has been
completed
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(5) Verify
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
1
1
0
W
MT MFM SK
1
0
W
EC
0
0
0
0
REMARKS
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
Sector ID information prior
to command execution
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
W
-------------------- EOT -----------------------
W
-------------------- GPL ------------------------------------------ DTL/SC -------------------
Execution
Result
No data transfer takes
place
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- H ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
Status information after
command execution
Sector ID information after
command execution
(6) Version
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
REMARKS
Command
W
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Command code
Result
R
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Enhanced controller
-23 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(7) Write Data
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
W
MT MFM
0
0
0
W
0
0
0
0
0
D2
1
D1
0
D0
1
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
W
-------------------- EOT -----------------------
W
-------------------- GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Sector ID information prior to
Command execution
Execution
Result
REMARKS
Data transfer between the
FDD and system
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- H ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
Status information after
Command execution
Sector ID information after
Command execution
(8) Write Deleted Data
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
W
MT MFM
0
0
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
D2
0
0
D1
1
REMARKS
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
W
-------------------- EOT -----------------------
W
-------------------- GPL -----------------------
W
-------------------- DTL -----------------------
Execution
Result
D0
Sector ID information prior to
command execution
Data transfer between the
FDD and system
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
---------------------- C ------------------------
R
---------------------- H ------------------------
R
---------------------- R ------------------------
R
---------------------- N ------------------------
-24
Status information after
command execution
Sector ID information after
command execution
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(9) Format A Track
PHASE
R/W
Command
Execution
for Each
Sector
Repeat:
Result
D7
W
0
W
0
D6
D5
D4
D3
MFM
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
D2
1
D1
0
D0
1
REMARKS
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
Bytes/Sector
W
--------------------- SC -----------------------
Sectors/Cylinder
W
--------------------- GPL ---------------------
Gap 3
W
---------------------- D ------------------------
Filler Byte
W
---------------------- C ------------------------
Input Sector Parameters
W
---------------------- H ------------------------
W
---------------------- R ------------------------
W
---------------------- N ------------------------
R
-------------------- ST0 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST1 -----------------------
R
-------------------- ST2 -----------------------
R
R
---------------- Undefined -------------------
R
---------------- Undefined -------------------
R
---------------- Undefined -------------------
Status information after
command execution
---------------- Undefined -------------------
(10) Recalibrate
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
W
0
0
0
0
0
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
D1
1
D0
1
REMARKS
Command codes
DS1 DS0
Execution
Head retracted to Track 0
Interrupt
(11) Sense Interrupt Status
PHASE
R/W
D7
0
D6
0
D5
0
D4
0
D3
1
D2
0
D1
0
D0
Command
W
0
Result
R
---------------- ST0 -------------------------
R
---------------- PCN -------------------------
REMARKS
Command code
Status information at the end of
each seek operation
(12) Specify
PHASE
Command
R/W
W
D7
0
D6
0
D5
0
D4
0
D3
0
D2
0
D1
1
D0
1
W
| ---------SRT ----------- | --------- HUT ---------- |
W
|------------ HLT ----------------------------------| ND
-25 -
REMARKS
Command codes
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(13) Seek
PHASE
R/W
Command
D7
D6
D4
D3
W
0
0
0
0
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
W
Execution
D5
D2
D1
1
D0
1
1
REMARKS
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
-------------------- NCN -----------------------
R
Head positioned over proper
cylinder on diskette
(14) Configure
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
W
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
REMARKS
Configure information
W
0
W
| --------------------PRETRK ----------------------- |
EIS EFIFO POLL | ------ FIFOTHR ----|
Execution
Internal registers written
(15) Relative Seek
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
W
1
DIR
0
0
1
W
0
0
0
0
0
W
D2
1
D1
1
D0
1
REMARKS
Command codes
HDS DS1 DS0
| -------------------- RCN ---------------------------- |
(16) Dumpreg
PHASE
R/W
Command
W
Result
R
D7
0
D6
0
D5
0
D4
0
D3
1
D2
1
D1
1
D0
0
----------------------- PCN-Drive 0--------------------
R
----------------------- PCN-Drive 1 -------------------
R
----------------------- PCN-Drive 2--------------------
R
----------------------- PCN-Drive 3 -------------------
R
--------SRT ------------------ | --------- HUT --------
R
----------- HLT -----------------------------------| ND
R
------------------------ SC/EOT ----------------------
R
LOCK 0
R
0 EIS EFIFO POLL | ------ FIFOTHR --------
R
-----------------------PRETRK -------------------------
D3
D2
D1
-26
D0 GAP
WG
REMARKS
Registers placed in FIFO
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(17) Perpendicular Mode
PHASE
Command
R/W
D7
D6
D5
W
0
0
0
W
OW
0
D3
D4
D3
1
0
D2
D1
D2
0
D1
1
D0
0
REMARKS
Command Code
D0 GAP WG
(18) Lock
PHASE
R/W
D7
Command
W
LOCK 0
Result
R
0
D6
0
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
LOCK
0
0
0
0
REMARKS
Command Code
(19) Sense Drive Status
PHASE
Command
Result
R/W
D7
D6
W
0
0
W
0
0
R
D5
D4
D3
0
0
0
0
0
0
D2
1
D1
0
D0
0
REMARKS
Command Code
HDS DS1 DS0
---------------- ST3 -------------------------
Status information about disk
drive
(20) Invalid
PHASE
R/W
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Command
W
------------- Invalid Codes -----------------
Result
R
-------------------- ST0 ----------------------
5.2
D0
REMARKS
Invalid codes (no operationFDC goes to standby state)
ST0 = 80H
Register Descriptions
There are several status, data, and control registers in W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG. These registers
are defined below:
ADDRESS
REGISTER
OFFSET
READ
base address + 0
base address + 1
base address + 2
base address + 3
base address + 4
base address + 5
base address + 7
SA REGISTER
SB REGISTER
WRITE
TD REGISTER
MS REGISTER
DT (FIFO) REGISTER
DI REGISTER
DO REGISTER
TD REGISTER
DR REGISTER
DT (FIFO) REGISTER
CC REGISTER
-27 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
5.2.1
Status Register A (SA Register) (Read base address + 0)
This register is used to monitor several disk interface pins in PS/2 and Model 30 modes. In PS/2
mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
6
5
4
2
3
1
0
DIR
WP
INDEX
HEAD
TRAK0
STEP
DRV2
INIT PENDING
INIT PENDING (Bit 7):
This bit indicates the value of the floppy disk interrupt output.
DRV2 (Bit 6):
0
A second drive has been installed
1
A second drive has not been installed
STEP (Bit 5):
This bit indicates the complement of STEP output.
TRAK0 (Bit 4):
This bit indicates the value of TRAK0 input.
HEAD (Bit 3):
This bit indicates the complement of HEAD output.
0
side 0
1
side 1
INDEX (Bit 2):
This bit indicates the value of INDEX output.
WP (Bit 1):
0disk is write-protected
1disk is not write-protected
DIR (Bit 0)
This bit indicates the direction of head movement.
0
outward direction
1
inward direction
-28
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
In PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
6
5
4
2
3
1
0
DIR
WP
INDEX
HEAD
TRAK0
STEP F/F
DRQ
INIT PENDING
INIT PENDING (Bit 7):
This bit indicates the value of the floppy disk interrupt output.
DRQ (Bit 6):
This bit indicates the value of DRQ output pin.
STEP F/F (Bit 5):
This bit indicates the complement of latched STEP output.
TRAK0 (Bit 4):
This bit indicates the complement of TRAK0 input.
HEAD (Bit 3):
This bit indicates the value of HEAD output.
0
side 1
1
side 0
INDEX (Bit 2):
This bit indicates the complement of INDEX output.
WP (Bit 1):
0
disk is not write-protected
1
disk is write-protected
DIR (Bit 0)
This bit indicates the direction of head movement.
0
inward direction
1
outward direction
-29 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
5.2.2
Status Register B (SB Register) (Read base address + 1)
This register is used to monitor several disk interface pins in PS/2 and Model 30 modes. In PS/2
mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
6
1
1
5
4
2
3
1
0
MOT EN A
MOT EN B
WE
RDATA Toggle
WDATA Toggle
Drive SEL0
Drive SEL0 (Bit 5):
This bit indicates the status of DO REGISTER bit 0 (drive select bit 0).
WDATA Toggle (Bit 4):
This bit changes state at every rising edge of the WD output pin.
RDATA Toggle (Bit 3):
This bit changes state at every rising edge of the RDATA output pin.
WE (Bit 2):
This bit indicates the complement of the WE output pin.
MOT EN B (Bit 1)
This bit indicates the complement of the MOB output pin.
MOT EN A (Bit 0)
This bit indicates the complement of the MOA output pin.
In PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DSC
DSD
WE F/F
RDATA F/F
WD F/F
DSA
DSB
DRV2
DRV2 (Bit 7):
0
A second drive has been installed
1
A second drive has not been installed
DSB (Bit 6):
-30
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
This bit indicates the status of DSB output pin.
DSA (Bit 5):
This bit indicates the status of DSA output pin.
WD F/F(Bit 4):
This bit indicates the complement of the latched WD output pin at every rising edge of the WD output
pin.
RDATA F/F(Bit 3):
This bit indicates the complement of the latched RDATA output pin .
WE F/F (Bit 2):
This bit indicates the complement of latched WE output pin.
DSD (Bit 1):
0
Drive D has been selected
1
Drive D has not been selected
DSC (Bit 0):
0
Drive C has been selected
1
Drive C has not been selected
5.2.3
Digital Output Register (DO Register) (Write base address + 2)
The Digital Output Register is a write-only register controlling drive motors, drive selection, DRQ/IRQ
enable, and FDC resetting. All the bits in this register are cleared by the MR pin. The bit definitions are
as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1-0
Drive Select: 00 select drive A
01 select drive B
10 select drive C
11 select drive D
Floppy Disk Controller Reset
Active low resets FDC
DMA and INT Enable
Active high enable DRQ/IRQ
Motor Enable A. Motor A on when active high
Motor Enable B. Motor B on when active high
Motor Enable C. Motor C on when active high
Motor Enable D. Motor D on when active high
5.2.4
Tape Drive Register (TD Register) (Read base address + 3)
This register is used to assign a particular drive number to the tape drive support mode of the data
separator. This register also holds the media ID, drive type, and floppy boot drive information of the
floppy disk drive. In normal floppy mode, this register includes only bit 0 and 1. The bit definitions are
as follows:
-31 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7
6
5
4
3
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
0
Tape sel 0
Tape sel 1
If three mode FDD function is enabled (EN3MODE = 1 in Logical Device 0 CRF0 bit:0), the bit
definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Tape Sel 0
Tape Sel 1
Floppy boot drive 0
Floppy boot drive 1
Drive type ID0
Drive type ID1
Media ID0
Media ID1
Media ID1 Media ID0 (Bit 7, 6):
These two bits are read only. These two bits reflect the value of Logical Device 0 CRF1 bit 4,5.
Drive type ID1 Drive type ID0 (Bit 5, 4):
These two bits reflect two of the bits of Logical Device 0 CRF2. Which two bits are reflected depends
on the last drive selected in the DO REGISTER.
Floppy Boot drive 1, 0 (Bit 3, 2):
These two bits reflect the value of Logical Device 0 CRF1 bit 7,6.
Tape Sel 1, Tape Sel 0 (Bit 1, 0):
These two bits assign a logical drive number to the tape drive. Drive 0 is not available as a tape drive
and is reserved as the floppy disk boot drive.
TAPE SEL 1
TAPE SEL 0
DRIVE SELECTED
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
None
1
2
3
-32
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
5.2.5
Main Status Register (MS Register) (Read base address + 4)
The Main Status Register is used to control the flow of data between the microprocessor and the
controller. The bit definitions for this register are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FDD 0 Busy, (D0B = 1), FDD number 0 is in the SEEK mode.
FDD 1 Busy, (D1B = 1), FDD number 1 is in the SEEK mode.
FDD 2 Busy, (D2B = 1), FDD number 2 is in the SEEK mode.
FDD 3 Busy, (D3B = 1), FDD number 3 is in the SEEK mode.
FDC Busy, (CB). A read or write command is in the process when CB = HIGH.
Non-DMA mode, the FDC is in the non-DMA mode, this bit is set only during the
execution phase in non-DMA mode.
Transition to LOW state indicates execution phase has ended.
DATA INPUT/OUTPUT, (DIO). If DIO= HIGH then transfer is from Data Register to the processor.
If DIO = LOW then transfer is from processor to Data Register.
Request for Master (RQM). A high on this bit indicates Data Register is ready to send or receive data to or from the processor.
5.2.6
Data Rate Register (DR Register) (Write base address + 4)
The Data Rate Register is used to set the transfer rate and write precompensation. The data rate of
the FDC is programmed by the CC REGISTER for PC-AT and PS/2 Model 30 and PS/2 mode, and
not by the DR REGISTER. The real data rate is determined by the most recent write to either of the
DR REGISTER or CC REGISTER.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
DRATE0
DRATE1
PRECOMP0
PRECOMP1
PRECOMP2
POWER DOWN
S/W RESET
S/W RESET (Bit 7):
This bit is the software reset bit.
POWER-DOWN (Bit 6):
0
FDC in normal mode
1
FDC in power-down mode
PRECOMP2 PRECOMP1 PRECOMP0 (Bit 4, 3, 2):
These three bits select the value of write precompensation. The following tables show the
precompensation values for the combination of these bits.
-33 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
PRECOMP
PRECOMPENSATION DELAY
2
1
0
250K - 1 Mbps
2 Mbps Tape drive
0
0
0
Default Delays
Default Delays
0
0
1
41.67 nS
20.8 nS
0
1
0
83.34 nS
41.17 nS
0
1
1
125.00 nS
62.5nS
1
0
0
166.67 nS
83.3 nS
1
0
1
208.33 nS
104.2 nS
1
1
0
250.00 nS
125.00 nS
1
1
1
0.00 nS (disabled)
0.00 nS (disabled)
DATA RATE
DEFAULT PRECOMPENSATION DELAYS
250 KB/S
300 KB/S
500 KB/S
1 MB/S
2 MB/S
125 nS
125 nS
125 nS
41.67nS
20.8 nS
DRATE1 DRATE0 (Bit 1, 0):
These two bits select the data rate of the FDC and reduced write current control.
00 500 KB/S (MFM), 250 KB/S (FM), RWC = 1
01 300 KB/S (MFM), 150 KB/S (FM), RWC = 0
10 250 KB/S (MFM), 125 KB/S (FM), RWC = 0
11 1 MB/S (MFM), Illegal (FM), RWC = 1
The 2 MB/S data rate for Tape drive is only supported by setting 01 to DRATE1 and DRATE0 bits, as
well as setting 10 to DRT1 and DRT0 bits which are two of the Configure Register CRF4 or CRF5 bits
in logic device 0. Please refer to the function description of CRF4 or CRF5 and data rate table for
individual data rates setting.
5.2.7
FIFO Register (R/W base address + 5)
The Data Register consists of four status registers in a stack with only one register presented to the
data bus at a time. This register stores data, commands, and parameters and provides diskette-drive
status information. Data bytes are passed through the data register to program or obtain results after
a command. In the W83977F/ AF, this register defaults to FIFO disabled mode after reset. The FIFO
can change its value and enable its operation through the CONFIGURE command.
-34
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Status Register 0 (ST0)
7-6
5
4
3
2
1-0
US1, US0 Drive Select:
00 Drive A selected
01 Drive B selected
10 Drive C selected
11 Drive D selected
HD Head address:
1 Head selected
0 Head selected
NR Not Ready:
1 Drive is not ready
0 Drive is ready
EC Equipment Check:
1 When a fault signal is received from the FDD or the track
0 signal fails to occur after 77 step pulses
0 No error
SE Seek end:
1 seek end
0 seek error
IC Interrupt Code:
00 Normal termination of command
01 Abnormal termination of command
10 Invalid command issue
11 Abnormal termination because the ready signal from FDD changed state during command executio
Status Register 1 (ST1)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Missing Address Mark. 1 When the FDC cannot detect the data address mark
or the data address mark has been deleted.
NW (Not Writable). 1 If a write Protect signal is detected from the diskette drive during
execution of write data.
ND (No DATA). 1 If specified sector cannot be found during execution of a read, write or verifly data.
Not used. This bit is always 0.
OR (Over Rum). 1 If the FDC is not serviced by the host system within a certain time interval during data transfer.
DE (data Error).1 When the FDC detects a CRC error in either the ID field or the data field.
Not used. This bit is always 0.
EN (End of track). 1 When the FDC tries to access a sector beyond the final sector of a cylinder.
Status Register 2 (ST2)
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MD (Missing Address Mark in Data Field).
1 If the FDC cannot find a data address mark
(or the address mark has been deleted)
when reading data from the media
0 No error
BC (Bad Cylinder)
1 Bad Cylinder
0 No error
SN (Scan Not satisfied)
1 During execution of the Scan command
0 No error
SH (Scan Equal Hit)
1 During execution of the Scan command, if the equal condition is satisfied
0 No error
WC (Wrong Cylinder)
1 Indicates wrong Cylinder
DD (Data error in the Data field)
1 If the FDC detects a CRC error in the data field
0 No error
CM (Control Mark)
1 During execution of the read data or scan command
0 No error
Not used. This bit is always 0
-35 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Status Register 3 (ST3)
6
7
4
5
2
3
1
0
US0 Unit Select 0
US1 Unit Select 1
HD Head Address
TS Two-Side
TO Track 0
RY Ready
WP Write Protected
FT Fault
5.2.8
Digital Input Register (DI Register) (Read base address + 7)
The Digital Input Register is an 8-bit read-only register used for diagnostic purposes. In a PC/XT or AT
only Bit 7 is checked by the BIOS. When the register is read, Bit 7 shows the complement of
DSKCHG , while other bits of the data bus remain in tri-state. Bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
x x x x x x x
for the hard disk controller
x Reserved
During a read of this register, these bits are in tri-stat
DSKCHG
In the PS/2 mode, the bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
1
1
1
1
2
1
0
HIGH DENS
DRATE0
DRATE1
DSKCHG
DSKCHG (Bit 7):
This bit indicates the complement of the DSKCHG input.
Bit 6-3: These bits are always a logic 1 during a read.
DRATE1 DRATE0 (Bit 2, 1):
These two bits select the data rate of the FDC. Refer to the DR register bits 1 and 0 for the settings
corresponding to the individual data rates.
HIGH DENS (Bit 0):
0
500 KB/S or 1 MB/S data rate (high density FDD)
1
250 KB/S or 300 KB/S data rate
-36
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
In the PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
DRATE0
DRATE1
NOPREC
DMAEN
DSKCHG
DSKCHG (Bit 7):
This bit indicates the status of DSKCHG input.
Bit 6-4: These bits are always a logic 1 during a read.
DMAEN (Bit 3):
This bit indicates the value of DO REGISTER bit 3.
NOPREC (Bit 2):
This bit indicates the value of CC REGISTER NOPREC bit.
DRATE1 DRATE0 (Bit 1, 0):
These two bits select the data rate of the FDC.
-37 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
5.2.9
Configuration Control Register (CC Register) (Write base address + 7)
This register is used to control the data rate. In the PC/AT and PS/2 mode, the bit definitions are as
follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
0
DRATE0
DRATE1
X: Reserved
Bit 7-2: Reserved. These bits should be set to 0.
DRATE1 DRATE0 (Bit 1, 0):
These two bits select the data rate of the FDC.
In the PS/2 Model 30 mode, the bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
X
X
X
X
X
2
1
0
DRATE0
DRATE1
NOPREC
X: Reserved
Bit 7-3: Reserved. These bits should be set to 0.
NOPREC (Bit 2):
This bit indicates no precompensation. It has no function and can be set by software.
DRATE1 DRATE0 (Bit 1, 0):
These two bits select the data rate of the FDC.
-38
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
6. UART PORT
6.1
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART A, UART B)
The UARTs are used to convert parallel data into serial format on the transmit side and convert serial
data to parallel format on the receiver side. The serial format, in order of transmission and reception,
is a start bit, followed by five to eight data bits, a parity bit (if programmed) and one, one and half (fivebit format only) or two stop bits. The UARTs are capable of handling divisors of 1 to 65535 and
producing a 16x clock for driving the internal transmitter logic. Provisions are also included to use this
16x clock to drive the receiver logic. The UARTs also support the MIDI data rate. Furthermore, the
UARTs also include complete modem control capability and a processor interrupt system that may be
software trailed to the computing time required to handle the communication link. The UARTs have a
FIFO mode to reduce the number of interrupts presented to the CPU. In each UART, there are 16byte FIFOs for both receive and transmit mode.
6.2
6.2.1
Register Address
UART Control Register (UCR) (Read/Write)
The UART Control Register controls and defines the protocol for asynchronous data communications,
including data length, stop bit, parity, and baud rate selection.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Data length select bit 0 (DLS0)
Data length select bit 1(DLS1)
Multiple stop bits enable (MSBE)
Parity bit enable (PBE)
Even parity enable (EPE)
Parity bit fixed enable (PBFE)
Set silence enable (SSE)
Baudrate divisor latch access bit (BDLAB)
Bit 7: BDLAB. When this bit is set to a logical 1, designers can access the divisor (in 16-bit binary
format) from the divisor latches of the baudrate generator during a read or write operation.
When this bit is reset, the Receiver Buffer Register, the Transmitter Buffer Register, or the
Interrupt Control Register can be accessed.
Bit 6: SSE. A logical 1 forces the Serial Output (SOUT) to a silent state (a logical 0). Only IRTX is
affected by this bit; the transmitter is not affected.
Bit 5: PBFE. When PBE and PBFE of UCR are both set to a logical 1,
(1) if EPE is logical 1, the parity bit is fixed as logical 0 to transmit and check.
(2) if EPE is logical 0, the parity bit is fixed as logical 1 to transmit and check.
-39 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
TABLE 6-1 UART Register Bit Map
BIT NUMBER
REGISTER
ADDRESS BASE
+0
BDLAB =
0
+0
BDLAB =
0
+1
BDLAB =
0
Receiver
Buffer
Register
(Read Only)
RBR
Transmitter
Buffer
Register
(Write Only)
TBR
Interrupt
Control
Register
ICR
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RX Data
RX Data
RX Data
RX Data
RX Data
RX Data
RX Data
RX Data
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
TX Data
TX Data
TX Data
TX Data
TX Data
TX Data
TX Data
TX Data
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
USR
Interrupt
Enable
HSR
Interrupt
Enable
0
0
0
0
(EUSRI)
(EHSRI)
0
0
TBR
RBR Data
Empty
Ready
Interrupt
Interrupt
Enable
Enable
(ERDRI) (ETBREI)
FIFOs
FIFOs
Enabled
Enabled
**
**
Reserved Reversed
RX
Interrupt
Active
Level
(LSB)
RX
Interrupt
Active
Level
(MSB)
Even
Parity
Enable
Parity
Bit Fixed
Enable
Set
Silence
Enable
(PBE)
(EPE)
PBFE)
(SSE)
Baudrate
Divisor
Latch
Access Bit
(BDLAB)
Loopback
RI
Input
IRQ
Enable
Internal
Loopback
Enable
0
0
0
Overrun
Error
Parity Bit
Error
TSR
Empty
(OER)
(PBER)
Silent
Byte
Detected
(SBD)
TBR
Empty
(RDR)
No Stop
Bit
Error
(NSER)
(TBRE)
(TSRE)
RX FIFO
Error
Indication
(RFEI) **
CTS
Toggling
DSR
Toggling
RI Falling
Edge
DCD
Toggling
Clear
to Send
Data Set
Ready
Ring
Indicator
(TCTS)
(TDSR)
(FERI)
(TDCD)
(CTS)
(DSR)
(RI)
User Defined UDR
Register
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Baudrate
+0
BDLAB = Divisor Latch
Low
1
BLL
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
Baudrate
+1
BDLAB = Divisor Latch
High
1
BHL
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 10
Bit 11
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
"0" if
Interrupt
Pending
Interrupt
Status
Interrupt
Status
Interrupt
Status
Bit (0)
Bit (1)
Bit (2)**
UFR
FIFO
Enable
RCVR
FIFO
Reset
XMIT
FIFO
Reset
DMA
Mode
Select
UCR
Data
Length
Select
Bit 0
(DLS0)
Data
Length
Select
Bit 1
(DLS1)
Multiple
Stop Bits
Enable
Parity
Bit
Enable
(MSBE)
Data
Terminal
Ready
(DTR)
Request
to
Send
(RTS)
Interrupt
Status
Register
(Read Only)
ISR
+2
UART FIFO
Control
Register
(Write Only)
+3
UART
Control
Register
+2
+4
+5
+6
+7
Handshake
Control
Register
HCR
UART Status USR RBR Data
Register
Ready
Handshake
Status
Register
HSR
*: Bit 0 is the least significant bit. The least significant bit is the first bit serially transmitted or received.
**: These bits are always 0 in 16450 Mode.
-40
Data
Carrier
Detect
(DCD)
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 4: EPE. This bit describes the number of logic 1's in the data word bits and parity bit only when bit
3 is programmed. When this bit is set, an even number of logic 1's are sent or checked. When
the bit is reset, an odd number of logic 1's are sent or checked.
Bit 3: PBE. When this bit is set, the position between the last data bit and the stop bit of the SOUT will
be stuffed with the parity bit at the transmitter. For the receiver, the parity bit in the same
position as the transmitter will be detected.
Bit 2: MSBE. This bit defines the number of stop bits in each serial character that is transmitted or
received.
(1) If MSBE is set to a logical 0, one stop bit is sent and checked.
(2) If MSBE is set to a logical 1, and data length is 5 bits, one and a half stop bits are sent and
checked.
(3) If MSBE is set to a logical 1, and data length is 6, 7, or 8 bits, two stop bits are sent and
checked.
Bits 0 and 1: DLS0, DLS1. These two bits define the number of data bits that are sent or checked in
each serial character.
TABLE 6-2 WORD LENGTH DEFINITION
6.2.2
DLS1
DLS0
DATA LENGTH
0
0
5 bits
0
1
6 bits
1
0
7 bits
1
1
8 bits
UART Status Register (USR) (Read/Write)
This 8-bit register provides information about the status of the data transfer during communication.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RBR Data ready (RDR)
Overrun error (OER)
Parity bit error (PBER)
No stop bit error (NSER)
Silent byte detected (SBD)
Transmitter Buffer Register empty (TBRE)
Transmitter Shift Register empty (TSRE)
RX FIFO Error Indication (RFEI)
Bit 7: RFEI. In 16450 mode, this bit is always set to a logic 0. In 16550 mode, this bit is set to a logic 1
when there is at least one parity bit error, no stop bit error or silent byte detected in the FIFO. In
16550 mode, this bit is cleared by reading from the USR if there are no remaining errors left in
the FIFO.
-41 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 6: TSRE. In 16450 mode, when TBR and TSR are both empty, this bit will be set to a logical 1. In
16550 mode, if the transmit FIFO and TSR are both empty, it will be set to a logical 1. Other
thanthese two cases, this bit will be reset to a logical 0.
Bit 5: TBRE. In 16450 mode, when a data character is transferred from TBR to TSR, this bit will be set
to a logical 1. If ETREI of ICR is a logical 1, an interrupt will be generated to notify the CPU to
write the next data. In 16550 mode, this bit will be set to a logical 1 when the transmit FIFO is
empty. It will be reset to a logical 0 when the CPU writes data into TBR or FIFO.
Bit 4: SBD. This bit is set to a logical 1 to indicate that received data are kept in silent state for a full
word time, including start bit, data bits, parity bit, and stop bits. In 16550 mode, it indicates the
same condition for the data on top of the FIFO. When the CPU reads USR, it will clear this bit to
a logical 0.
Bit 3: NSER. This bit is set to a logical 1 to indicate that the received data have no stop bit. In 16550
mode, it indicates the same condition for the data on top of the FIFO. When the CPU reads
USR, it will clear this bit to a logical 0.
Bit 2: PBER. This bit is set to a logical 1 to indicate that the parity bit of received data is wrong. In
16550 mode, it indicates the same condition for the data on top of the FIFO. When the CPU
reads USR, it will clear this bit to a logical 0.
Bit 1: OER. This bit is set to a logical 1 to indicate received data have been overwritten by the next
received data before they were read by the CPU. In 16550 mode, it indicates the same
condition instead of FIFO full. When the CPU reads USR, it will clear this bit to a logical 0.
Bit 0: RDR. This bit is set to a logical 1 to indicate received data are ready to be read by the CPU in
the RBR or FIFO. After no data are left in the RBR or FIFO, the bit will be reset to a logical 0.
6.2.3
Handshake Control Register (HCR) (Read/Write)
This register controls the pins of the UART used for handshaking peripherals such as modem, and
controls the diagnostic mode of the UART.
7
6
5
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
Data terminal ready (DTR)
Request to send (RTS)
Loopback RI input
IRQ enable
Internal loopback enable
Bit 4: When this bit is set to a logical 1, the UART enters diagnostic mode by an internal loopback, as
follows:
(1) SOUT is forced to logical 1, and SIN is isolated from the communication link instead of the
TSR.
(2) Modem output pins are set to their inactive state.
-42
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
(3) Modem input pins are isolated from the communication link and connect internally as DTR
(bit 0 of HCR) → DSR , RTS ( bit 1 of HCR) → CTS , Loopback RI input ( bit 2 of HCR) →
RI and IRQ enable ( bit 3 of HCR) → DCD .
Aside from the above connections, the UART operates normally. This method allows the
CPU to test the UART in a convenient way.
Bit 3: The UART interrupt output is enabled by setting this bit to a logic 1. In the diagnostic mode this
bit is internally connected to the modem control input DCD .
Bit 2: This bit is used only in the diagnostic mode. In the diagnostic mode this bit is internally
connected to the modem control input RI .
Bit 1: This bit controls the RTS output. The value of this bit is inverted and output to RTS .
Bit 0: This bit controls the DTR output. The value of this bit is inverted and output to DTR .
6.2.4
Handshake Status Register (HSR) (Read/Write)
This register reflects the current state of four input pins for handshake peripherals such as a modem
and records changes on these pins.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CTS toggling (TCTS)
DSR toggling (TDSR)
RI falling edge (FERI)
DCD toggling (TDCD)
Clear to send (CTS)
Data set ready (DSR)
Ring indicator (RI)
Data carrier detect (DCD)
Bit 7: This bit is the opposite of the DCD input. This bit is equivalent to bit 3 of HCR in loopback
mode.
Bit 6: This bit is the opposite of the RI input. This bit is equivalent to bit 2 of HCR in loopback mode.
Bit 5: This bit is the opposite of the DSR input. This bit is equivalent to bit 0 of HCR in loopback
mode.
Bit 4: This bit is the opposite of the CTS input. This bit is equivalent to bit 1 of HCR in loopback
mode.
Bit 3: TDCD. This bit indicates that the DCD pin has changed state after HSR was read by the
CPU.
Bit 2: FERI. This bit indicates that the RI pin has changed from low to high state after HSR was read
by the CPU.
Bit 1: TDSR. This bit indicates that the DSR pin has changed state after HSR was read by the CPU.
Bit 0: TCTS. This bit indicates that the CTS pin has changed state after HSR was read.
-43 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
6.2.5
UART FIFO Control Register (UFR) (Write only)
This register is used to control the FIFO functions of the UART.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FIFO enable
Receiver FIFO reset
Transmitter FIFO reset
DMA mode select
Reserved
Reserved
RX interrupt active level (LSB)
RX interrupt active level (MSB)
Bit 6, 7: These two bits are used to set the active level for the receiver FIFO interrupt. For example, if
the interrupt active level is set as 4 bytes, once there are more than 4 data characters in the
receiver FIFO, the interrupt will be activated to notify the CPU to read the data from the FIFO.
TABLE 6-3 FIFO TRIGGER LEVEL
BIT 7
BIT 6
RX FIFO INTERRUPT ACTIVE LEVEL (BYTES)
0
0
01
0
1
04
1
0
08
1
1
14
Bit 4, 5: Reserved
Bit 3: When this bit is programmed to logic 1, the DMA mode will change from mode 0 to mode 1 if
UFR bit 0 = 1.
Bit 2: Setting this bit to a logical 1 resets the TX FIFO counter logic to initial state. This bit will clear to
a logical 0 by itself after being set to a logical 1.
Bit 1: Setting this bit to a logical 1 resets the RX FIFO counter logic to initial state. This bit will clear to
a logical 0 by itself after being set to a logical 1.
Bit 0: This bit enables the 16550 (FIFO) mode of the UART. This bit should be set to a logical 1 before
other bits of UFR are programmed.
-44
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
6.2.6
Interrupt Status Register (ISR) (Read only)
This register reflects the UART interrupt status, which is encoded by different interrupt sources into 3
bits.
7
6
5
4
0
0
3
2
1
0
0 if interrupt pending
Interrupt Status bit 0
Interrupt Status bit 1
Interrupt Status bit 2
FIFOs enabled
FIFOs enabled
Bit 7, 6: These two bits are set to a logical 1 when UFR bit 0 = 1.
Bit 5, 4: These two bits are always logic 0.
Bit 3: In 16450 mode, this bit is 0. In 16550 mode, both bit 3 and 2 are set to a logical 1 when a timeout interrupt is pending.
Bit 2, 1: These two bits identify the priority level of the pending interrupt, as shown in the table below.
Bit 0: This bit is a logical 1 if there is no interrupt pending. If one of the interrupt sources has occurred,
this bit will be set to a logical 0.
TABLE 6-4 INTERRUPT CONTROL FUNCTION
ISR
Bit
3
Bit
2
INTERRUPT SET AND FUNCTION
Bit
1
Bit
0
Interrupt
priority
Interrupt
Type
-
-
Interrupt Source
Clear Interrupt
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
First
UART
Receive
Status
1. OER = 1 2. PBER =1
3. NSER = 1 4. SBD = 1
No Interrupt pending
Read USR
0
1
0
0
Second
RBR Data
Ready
1. RBR data ready
2. FIFO interrupt active
level reached
1. Read RBR
2. Read RBR until
FIFO data under
active level
1
1
0
0
Second
FIFO Data
Timeout
Data present in RX FIFO
for 4 characters period of
time since last access of
RX FIFO.
Read RBR
0
0
1
0
Third
TBR Empty
TBR empty
1. Write data into TBR
2. Read ISR (if priority
is third)
0
0
0
0
Fourth
Handshake
status
1. TCTS = 1
3. FERI = 1
2. TDSR = 1
4. TDCD = 1
-
Read HSR
** Bit 3 of ISR is enabled when bit 0 of UFR is logical 1.
-45 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
6.2.7
Interrupt Control Register (ICR) (Read/Write)
This 8-bit register allows the five types of controller interrupts to activate the interrupt output signal
separately. The interrupt system can be totally disabled by resetting bits 0 through 3 of the Interrupt
Control Register (ICR). A selected interrupt can be enabled by setting the appropriate bits of this
register to a logical 1.
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
RBR data ready interrupt enable (ERDRI)
TBR empty interrupt enable (ETBREI)
UART receive status interrupt enable (EUSRI)
Handshake status interrupt enable (EHSRI)
Bit 7-4: These four bits are always logic 0.
Bit 3: EHSRI. Setting this bit to a logical 1 enables the handshake status register interrupt.
Bit 2: EUSRI. Setting this bit to a logical 1 enables the UART status register interrupt.
Bit 1: ETBREI. Setting this bit to a logical 1 enables the TBR empty interrupt.
Bit 0: ERDRI. Setting this bit to a logical 1 enables the RBR data ready interrupt.
6.2.8
Programmable Baud Generator (BLL/BHL) (Read/Write)
Two 8-bit registers, BLL and BHL, compose a programmable baud generator that uses 24 MHz to
16
generate a 1.8461 MHz frequency and divides it by a divisor from 1 to 2 -1. The output frequency of
the baud generator is the baud rate multiplied by 16, and this is the base frequency for the transmitter
and receiver. The table in the next page illustrates the use of the baud generator with a frequency of
1.8461 MHz. In high-speed UART mode (refer to CR0C bit7 and CR0C bit6), the programmable baud
generator directly uses 24 MHz and the same divisor as the normal speed divisor. In high-speed
mode, the data transmission rate can be as high as 1.5M bps.
-46
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
6.2.9
User-defined Register (UDR) (Read/Write)
This is a temporary register that can be accessed and defined by the user.
TABLE 6-5 BAUD RATE TABLE
BAUD RATE FROM DIFFERENT PRE-DIVIDER
PRE-DIV: 13
1.8461M HZ
PREDIV:1.625
24M HZ
DECIMAL DIVISOR
USED TO
GENERATE 16X
CLOCK
ERROR PERCENTAGE
BETWEEN DESIRED AND
ACTUAL
PRE-DIV: 1.0
14.769M HZ
50
400
650
2304
**
75
600
975
1536
**
110
880
1430
1047
0.18%
134.5
1076
1478.5
857
0.099%
150
1200
1950
768
**
300
2400
3900
384
**
600
4800
7800
192
**
1200
9600
15600
96
**
1800
14400
23400
64
**
2000
16000
26000
58
0.53%
2400
19200
31200
48
**
3600
28800
46800
32
**
4800
38400
62400
24
**
7200
57600
93600
16
**
9600
76800
124800
12
**
19200
153600
249600
6
**
38400
307200
499200
3
**
57600
460800
748800
2
**
115200
921600
1497600
1
**
** The percentage error for all baud rates, except where indicated otherwise, is 0.16%.
Note. Pre-Divisor is determined by CRF0 of UART A and B.
-47 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7. INFRARED (IR) PORT
The Infrared (IR) function provides point-to-point (or multi-point to multi-point) wireless communication
which can operate under various transmission protocols including IrDA 1.0 SIR, IrDA 1.1 MIR (1.152
Mbps), IrDA 1.1 FIR (4 Mbps), SHARP ASK-IR, and remote control (NEC, RC-5, advanced RC-5, and
RECS-80 protocol).
7.1
IR Register Description
When bank select enable bit (ENBNKSEL, the bit 0 in CRF0 of logic device 6) is set, legacy IR will be
switched to Advanced IR, and eight Register Sets can then be accessible. These Register Sets
control enhanced IR, SIR, MIR, or FIR. Also a superior traditional SIR function can be used with
enhanced features such as 32-byte transmitter/receiver FIFOs, non-encoding IRQ identify status
register, and automatic flow control. The MIR/FIR and remote control registers are also defined in
these Register Sets. Structure of these Register Sets is shown as follows.
Reg 7
Reg 6
Reg 5
Reg 4
BDL/SSR
All in one Reg
to Select SSR
Reg 2
Reg 1
Reg 0
Set 0
Set 1
Set 2
Set 3
Set 4
Set 5
Set 6
Set 7
*Set 0, 1 are legacy/Advanced UART Registers
*Set 2~7 are Advanced UART Registers
Each of these register sets has a common register, namely Sets Select Register (SSR), in order to
switch to another register set. The summary description of these Sets is shown in the following.
-48
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
SET
SETS DESCRIPTION
0
Legacy/Advanced IR Control and Status Registers.
1
Legacy Baud Rate Divisor Register.
2
Advanced IR Control and Status Registers.
3
Version ID and Mapped Control Registers.
4
Transmitter/Receiver/Timer Counter Registers and IR Control Registers.
5
Flow Control and IR Control and Frame Status FIFO Registers.
6
IR Physical Layer Control Registers
7
Remote Control and IR front-end Module Selection Registers.
7.2
Set0-Legacy/Advanced IR Control and Status Registers
ADDRESS OFFSET
REGISTER NAME
0
RBR/TBR
1
ICR
2
ISR/UFR
Interrupt Status or IR FIFO Control Register
3
UCR/SSR
IR Control or Sets Select Register
4
HCR
Handshake Control Register
5
USR
IR Status Register
6
HSR
Handshake Status Register
7
UDR/ESCR
7.2.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Receiver/Transmitter Buffer Registers
Interrupt Control Register
User Defined Register
Set0.Reg0 - Receiver/Transmitter Buffer Registers (RBR/TBR) (Read/Write)
Receiver Buffer Register is read only and Transmitter Buffer Register is write only. When operate in
the PIO mode, the port is used to Receive/Transmit 8-bit data.
When function as a legacy IR, this port only supports PIO mode. If set in the advanced IR mode and
configured as MIR/FIR/Remote IR, this port can support DMA transmission. Two DMA channels can
be used simultaneously, one for TX DMA and the other for RX DMA. Therefore, single DMA channel
is also supported when set the bit of D_CHSW (DMA Channel Swap, in Set2.Reg2.Bit3) and the
TX/RX DMA channel is swapped. Note that two DMA channel can be defined in configure register
CR2A which selects DMA channel or disables DMA channel. If only RX DMA channel is enabled
while TX DMA channel is disabled, then the single DMA channel will be selected.
-49 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.2.2
Set0.Reg1 - Interrupt Control Register (ICR)
MODE
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
Legacy IR
0
0
0
0
0
EUSRI
ETBREI
ERDRI
Advanced IR
ETMRI
EFSFI
ETXTHI
EDMAI
0
EUSRI/ TXURI
ETBREI
ERBRI
The advanced IR functions including Advanced SIR/ASK-IR, MIR, FIR, or Remote IR are described as
follows.
Bit 7:
Legacy IR Mode:
Not used. A read will return 0.
Advanced IR Mode:
ETMRI - Enable Timer Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable timer interrupt.
Bit 6:
Legacy IR Mode:
Not used. A read will return 0.
MIR, FIR mode:
EFSFI - Enable Frame Status FIFO Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable frame status FIFO interrupt.
Advanced SIR/ASK-IR, Remote IR:
Not used.
Bit 5:
Legacy IR Mode:
Not used. A read will return 0.
Advanced SIR/ASK-IR, MIR, FIR, Remote IR:
ETXTHI - Enable Transmitter Threshold Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable transmitter threshold interrupt.
Bit 4:
Legacy IR Mode:
Not used. A read will return 0.
MIR, FIR, Remote IR:
EDMAI - Enable DMA Interrupt.
A write to 1 will enable DMA interrupt.
Bit 3:
Reserved. A read will return 0.
Bit 2:
Legacy IR Mode:
EUSRI - Enable USR (IR Status Register) Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable IR status register interrupt.
Advanced SIR/ASK-IR:
EUSRI - Enable USR (IR Status Register) Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable IR status register interrupt.
MIR, FIR, Remote Controller:
-50
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
EHSRI/ETXURI - Enable USR Interrupt or Enable Transmitter Underrun Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable USR interrupt or enable transmitter underrun interrupt.
Bit 1:
ETBREI - Enable TBR (Transmitter Buffer Register) Empty Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable the transmitter buffer register empty interrupt.
Bit 0:
ERBRI - Enable RBR (Receiver Buffer Register) Interrupt
A write to 1 will enable receiver buffer register interrupt.
7.2.3
Set0.Reg2 - Interrupt Status Register/IR FIFO Control Register (ISR/UFR)
7.2.3.1
Interrupt Status Register (Read Only)
MODE
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
Legacy IR
FIFO Enable
FIFO Enable
0
0
IID2
IID1
IID0
IP
Advanced IR
TMR_I
FSF_I
TXTH_I
DMA_I
HS_I
USR_I/
FEND_I
TXEMP_I
RXTH_I
Reset Value
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
Legacy IR:
This register reflects the Legacy IR interrupt status, which is encoded by different interrupt sources
into 3 bits.
Bit 7, 6: These two bits are set to a logical 1 when UFR bit 0 = 1.
Bit 5, 4: These two bits are always logical 0.
Bit 3: When not in FIFO mode, this bit is always 0. In FIFO mode, both bit 3 and 2 are set to logical 1
when a time-out interrupt is pending.
Bit 2, 1: These bits identify the priority level of the pending interrupt, as shown in the table below.
Bit 0: This bit is a logical 1 if there is no interrupt pending. If one of the interrupt sources has occurred,
this bit will be set to logical 0.
-51 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
TABLE: INTERRUPT CONTROL FUNCTION
ISR
INTERRUPT SET AND FUNCTION
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Interrupt
priority
0
0
0
1
-
0
1
1
0
First
0
1
0
0
Second
Interrupt Type
-
Interrupt Source
Clear Interrupt
No Interrupt pending
2. PBER =1
-
IR Receive
Status
1. OER = 1
Read USR
RBR Data
Ready
1. RBR data ready
1. Read RBR
2. FIFO interrupt active
level reached
2. Read RBR until
FIFO data under
active level
3. NSER = 1 4. SBD = 1
1
1
0
0
Second
FIFO Data
Time-out
Data present in RX FIFO
for 4 characters period of
time since last access of
RX FIFO.
Read RBR
0
0
1
0
Third
TBR Empty
TBR empty
1. Write data into TBR
2. Read ISR (if priority
is third)
** Bit 3 of ISR is enabled when bit 0 of UFR is a logical 1.
Advanced IR:
Bit 7:
TMR_I - Timer Interrupt.
Set to 1 when timer count to logical 0. This bit is valid when: (1) the timer registers are
defined in Set4.Reg0 and Set4.Reg1; (2) EN_TMR(Enable Timer, in Set4.Reg2.Bit0) is
set to 1; (3) ENTMR_I (Enable Timer Interrupt, in Set0.Reg1.Bit7) is set to 1.
Bit 6:
MIR, FIR modes:
FSF_I - Frame Status FIFO Interrupt.
Set to 1 when Frame Status FIFO is equal or larger than the threshold level or Frame
Status FIFO time-out occurs. Cleared to 0 when Frame Status FIFO is below the
threshold level.
Advanced SIR/ASK-IR, Remote IR modes: Not used.
Bit 5:
TXTH_I - Transmitter Threshold Interrupt.
Set to 1 if the TBR (Transmitter Buffer Register) FIFO is below the threshold level.
Cleared to 0 if the TBR (Transmitter Buffer Register) FIFO is above the threshold level.
Bit 4:
MIR, FIR, Remote IR Modes:
DMA_I - DMA Interrupt.
Set to 1 if the DMA controller 8237A sends a TC (Terminal Count) to I/O device which
might be a Transmitter TC or a Receiver TC. Cleared to 0 when this register is read.
Bit 3:
HS_I - Handshake Status Interrupt.
Set to 1 when the Handshake Status Register has a toggle. Cleared to 0 when
Handshake Status Register (HSR) is read. Note that in all IR modes including SIR, ASKIR, MIR, FIR, and Remote Control IR, this bit defaults to be inactive unless IR Handshake
Status Enable (IRHS_EN) is set to 1.
-52
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 2:
Advanced SIR/ASK-IR modes:
USR_I - IR Status Interrupt.
Set to 1 when overrun error, parity error, stop bit error, or silent byte error detected and
registered in the IR Status Register (USR). Cleared to 0 when USR is read.
MIR, FIR modes:
FEND_I - Frame End Interrupt.
Set to 1 when (1) a frame has a grace end to be detected where the frame signal is
defined in the physical layer of IrDA version 1.1; (2) abort signal or illegal signal has been
detected during receiving valid data. Cleared to 0 when this register is read.
Remote Controller Mode: Not used.
Bit 1:
TXEMP_I - Transmitter Empty.
Set to 1 when transmitter (or, say, FIFO + Transmitter) is empty. Cleared to 0 when this
register is read.
Bit 0:
RXTH_I - Receiver Threshold Interrupt.
Set to 1 when (1) the Receiver Buffer Register (RBR) is equal or larger than the threshold
level; or (2) RBR time-out occurs if the receiver buffer register has valid data and below
the threshold level. Cleared to 0 when RBR is less than threshold level after reading
RBR.
7.2.3.2
IR FIFO Control Register (UFR):
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
Legacy IR
RXFTL1
(MSB)
RXFTL0 (LSB)
0
0
0
TXF_RST RXF_RST EN_FIFO
Advanced IR
RXFTL1
(MSB)
RXFTL0 (LSB)
TXFTL1
(MSB)
TXFTL0
(LSB)
0
TXF_RST RXF_RST EN_FIFO
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
BIT 1
0
BIT 0
0
Legacy IR:
This register is used to control FIFO functions of the IR.
Bit 6, 7: These two bits are used to set the active level for the receiver FIFO interrupt. For example, if
the interrupt active level is set as 4 bytes and there are more than 4 data characters in the
receiver FIFO, the interrupt will be activated to notify CPU to read the data from FIFO.
TABLE: FIFO TRIGGER LEVEL
BIT 7
BIT 6
RX FIFO INTERRUPT ACTIVE LEVEL (BYTES)
0
0
01
0
1
04
1
0
08
1
1
14
-53 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 4, 5: Reserved
Bit 3: When this bit is programmed to logic 1, the DMA mode will change from mode 0 to mode 1 if
UFR bit 0 = 1.
Bit 2: Setting this bit to a logical 1 resets the TX FIFO counter logic to its initial state. This bit will be
cleared to logical 0 by itself after being set to logical 1.
Bit 1: Setting this bit to logical 1 resets the RX FIFO counter logic to its initial state. This bit will be
cleared to a logical 0 by itself after being set to logical 1.
Bit 0: This bit enables the 16550 (FIFO) mode of the IR. This bit should be set to logical 1 before
other bits of UFR can be programmed.
Advanced IR:
Bit 7, 6:
RXFTL1, 0 - Receiver FIFO Threshold Level
Its definition is the same as Legacy IR. RXTH_I becomes 1 when the Receiver FIFO
Threshold Level is equal or larger than the defined value shown as follow.
Bit 5, 4:
RXFTL1, 0
RX FIFO THRESHOLD LEVEL
RX FIFO THRESHOLD LEVEL
(BIT 7, 6)
(FIFO SIZE: 16-BYTE)
(FIFO SIZE: 32-BYTE)
00
1
1
01
4
4
10
8
16
11
14
26
Note that the FIFO Size is selectable in SET2.Reg4.
TXFTL1, 0 - Transmitter FIFO Threshold Level
TXTH_I (Transmitter Threshold Level Interrupt) is set to 1 when the Transmitter Threshold
Level is less than the programmed value shown as follows.
TXFTL1, 0
(BIT 5, 4)
TX FIFO THRESHOLD
LEVEL
TX FIFO THRESHOLD LEVEL
(FIFO SIZE: 32-BYTE)
(FIFO SIZE: 16-BYTE)
Bit 3 ~0
00
1
1
01
3
7
10
9
17
11
13
25
Same as in Legacy IR Mode
-54
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.2.4
Set0.Reg3 - IR Control Register/Set Select Register (UCR/SSR):
These two registers share the same address. In all Register Sets, Set Select Register (SSR) can be
programmed to select a desired Set but IR Control Register can only be programmed in Set 0 and Set
1. In other words, writing to Reg3 in Sets other than Set 0 and Set 1 will not affect IR Control
Register. The mapping of entry Set and programming value is shown as follows.
SSR BITS
SELECTED
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Hex Value
Set
0
¡Ñ
¡Ñ
¡Ñ
¡Ñ
¡Ñ
¡Ñ
¡Ñ
¡Ð
Set 0
¡Ð
Set1
1
Any combination except those used in SET 2~7
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0xE0
Set 2
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0xE4
Set 3
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0xE8
Set 4
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0xEC
Set 5
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0xF0
Set 6
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0xF4
Set 7
7.2.5
Set0.Reg4 - Handshake Control Register (HCR)
MODE
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
Legacy IR
0
0
0
XLOOP
EN_IRQ
0
0
0
Advanced IR
AD_MD2
AD_MD1
AD_MD0
SIR_PLS
TX_WT
EN_DMA
0
0
Reset Value
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Legacy IR Register:
This register controls the pins of IR used for handshaking with peripherals such as modem, and
controls the diagnostic mode of IR.
Bit 4: When this bit is set to logical 1, the legacy IR enters diagnostic mode by an internal loopback:
IRTX is forced to logical 0, and IRRX is isolated from the communication link instead of the
TSR.
Bit 3: The legacy IR interrupt output is enabled by setting this bit to logic 1.
Advanced IR Register:
Bit 7~5
Advanced SIR/ASK-IR, MIR, FIR, Remote Controller Modes:
AD_MD2~0 - Advanced IR/Infrared Mode Select.
These registers are active when Advanced IR Select (ADV_SL, in Set2.Reg2.Bit0) is set
to 1. Operational mode selection is defined as follows. When backward operation
occurs, these registers will be reset to 0 and fall back to legacy IR mode.
-55 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
AD_MD2~0
SELECTED MODE
(BIT 7, 6, 5)
Bit 4:
000
Reserved
001
Low speed MIR (0.576M bps)
010
Advanced ASK-IR
011
Advanced SIR
100
High Speed MIR (1.152M bps)
101
FIR (4M bps)
110
Consumer IR
111
Reserved
MIR, FIR Modes:
SIR_PLS - Send Infrared Pulse
Writing 1 to this bit will send a 2 μ s long infrared pulse after physical frame end. This is to
signal to SIR that the high speed infrared is still in. This bit will be auto cleared by
hardware.
Other Modes: Not used.
Bit 3:
MIR, FIR modes:
TX_WT - Transmission Waiting
If this bit is set to 1, the transmitter will wait for TX FIFO reaching threshold level or
transmitter time-out before it begins to transmit data which prevents short queues of data
bytes from transmitting prematurely. This is to avoid Underrun.
Other Modes: Not used.
Bit 2:
MIR, FIR modes:
EN_DMA - Enable DMA
Enable DMA function for transmitting or receiving. Before using this, the DMA channel
should be selected first. If only RX DMA channel is set and TX DMA channel is disabled,
then the single DMA channel is used. In the single channel system, the bit of D_CHSW
(DMA channel swap, in Set 2.Reg2.Bit3) will determine if it is RX_DMA or TX_DMA
channel.
Other modes: Not used.
Bit 1, 0:
RTS, DTR
Functional definitions is the same as in legacy IR mode.
-56
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.2.6
Set0.Reg5 - IR Status Register (USR)
MODE
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
Legacy IR
RFEI
TSRE
TBRE
SBD
NSER
PBER
OER
RDR
Advanced IR
LB_INFR
TSRE
TBRE
MX_LEX
PHY_ERR
CRC_ERR
OER
RDR
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Legacy IR Register: These registers are defined the same as previous description.
Advanced IR Register:
Bit 7:
MIR, FIR Modes:
LB_INFR - Last Byte In Frame End
Set to 1 when last byte of a frame is in the bottom of FIFO. This bit separates one frame
from another when RX FIFO has more than one frame.
Bit 6, 5:
Bit 4:
Same as legacy IR description.
MIR, FIR modes:
MX_LEX - Maximum Frame Length Exceed
Set to 1 when the length of a frame from the receiver has exceeded the programmed
frame length defined in SET4.Reg6 and Reg5. If this bit is set to 1, the receiver will not
receive any data to RX FIFO.
Bit 3:
MIR, FIR modes:
PHY_ERR - Physical Layer Error
Set to 1 when an illegal data symbol is received. The illegal data symbol is defined in
physical layer of IrDA version 1.1. When this bit is set to 1, the decoder of receiver will be
aborted and a frame end signal is set to 1.
Bit 2:
MIR, FIR Modes:
CRC_ERR - CRC Error
Set to 1 when an attached CRC is erroneous.
Bit 1, 0:
OER - Overrun Error, RDR - RBR Data Ready
Definitions are the same as legacy IR.
7.2.7
Set0.Reg6 - Reserved
7.2.8
Set0.Reg7 - User Defined Register (UDR/AUDR)
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
Legacy IR
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Advanced
IR
FLC_ACT
UNDRN
RX_BSY/
RX_IP
LST_FE/
RX_PD
S_FEND
0
LB_SF
RX_TO
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-57 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Legacy IR Register:
This is a temporary register that can be accessed and defined by the user.
Advanced IR Register:
Bit 7
MIR, FIR Modes:
FLC_ACT - Flow Control Active
Set to 1 when the flow control occurs. Cleared to 0 when this register is read. Note that
this will be affected by Set5.Reg2 which controls the SIR mode switches to MIR/FIR mode
or MIR/FIR mode operated in DMA function switches to SIR mode.
Bit 6
MIR, FIR Modes:
UNDRN - Underrun
Set to 1 when transmitter is empty and S_FEND (bit 3 of this register) is not set in PIO
mode or no TC (Terminal Count) in DMA mode. Cleared to 0 after a write to 1.
Bit 5
MIR, FIR Modes:
RX_BSY - Receiver Busy
Set to 1 when receiver is busy or active in process.
Remote IR mode:
RX_IP - Receiver in Process
Set to 1 when receiver is in process.
Bit 4:
MIR, FIR modes:
LST_FE - Lost Frame End
Set to 1 when a frame end in a entire frame is lost. Cleared to 0 when this register is
read.
Remote IR Modes:
RX_PD - Receiver Pulse Detected
Set to 1 when one or more remote pulses are detected. Cleared to 0 when this register is
read.
Bit 3
MIR, FIR Modes:
S_FEND - Set a Frame End
Set to 1 when trying to terminate the frame, that is, the procedure of PIO command is
An Entire Frame = Write Frame Data (First) + Write S_FEND (Last)
This bit should be set to 1, if use in PIO mode, to avoid transmitter underrun. Note that
setting S_FEND to 1 is equivalent to TC (Terminal Count) in DMA mode. Therefore, this
bit should be set to 0 in DMA mode.
Bit 2:
Reserved.
Bit 1:
MIR, FIR Modes:
LB_SF - Last Byte Stay in FIFO
A 1 in this bit indicates one or more frame ends still stay in receiver FIFO.
Bit 0:
MIR, FIR, Remote IR Modes:
RX_TO - Receiver FIFO or Frame Status FIFO time-out
Set to 1 when receiver FIFO or frame status FIFO time-out occurs
-58
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.3
Set1 - Legacy Baud Rate Divisor Register
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER
NAME
0
BLL
Baud Rate Divisor Latch (Low Byte)
1
BHL
Baud Rate Divisor Latch (High Byte)
2
ISR/UFR
Interrupt Status or IR FIFO Control Register
3
UCR/SSR
IR Control or Sets Select Register
4
HCR
Handshake Control Register
5
USR
IR Status Register
6
HSR
Handshake Status Register
7
UDR/ESCR
7.3.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
User Defined Register
Set1.Reg0~1 - Baud Rate Divisor Latch (BLL/BHL)
These two registers of BLL and BHL are baud rate divisor latch in the legacy SIR/ASK-IR mode.
Accessing these registers in Advanced IR mode will cause backward operation, that is, UART will fall
back to legacy SIR mode and clear some register values as shown in the following table.
SET & REGISTER
ADVANCED MODE
DIS_BACK=¡Ñ
LEGACY MODE
DIS_BACK=0
Set 0.Reg 4
Bit 7~5
-
Set 2.Reg 2
Bit 0, 5, 7
Bit 5, 7
Set 4.Reg 3
Bit 2, 3
-
Note that DIS_BACK=1 (Disable Backward operation) in legacy SIR/ASK-IR mode will not affect any register which is
meaningful in legacy SIR/ASK-IR.
7.3.2
Set1.Reg 2~7
These registers are defined as the same as Set 0 registers.
7.4
Set2 - Interrupt Status or IR FIFO Control Register (ISR/UFR)
These registers are only used in advanced modes.
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER
NAME
0
ABLL
Advanced Baud Rate Divisor Latch (Low Byte)
1
ABHL
Advanced Baud Rate Divisor Latch (High Byte)
2
ADCR1
3
SSR
4
ADCR2
5
Reserved
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Advanced IR Control Register 1
Sets Select Register
Advanced IR Control Register 2
-
6
TXFDTH
Transmitter FIFO Depth
7
RXFDTH
Receiver FIFO Depth
-59 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.4.1
Reg0, 1 - Advanced Baud Rate Divisor Latch (ABLL/ABHL)
These two registers are the same as legacy IR baud rate divisor latch in SET 1.Reg0~1. In advanced
SIR/ASK-IR mode, user should program these registers to set baud rate. This is to prevent backward
operation from occurring.
7.4.2
Reg2 - Advanced IR Control Register 1 (ADCR1)
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
Advanced IR
BR_OUT
-
EN_LOUT
ALOOP
D_CHSW
DMATHL
DMA_F
ADV_SL
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
BR_OUT - Baud Rate Clock Output
When written to 1, the programmed baud rate clock will be output to DTR pin. This bit is
only used to test baud rate divisor.
Bit 6:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 5:
EN_LOUT - Enable Loopback Output
A write to 1 will enable transmitter to output data to IRTX pin when loopback operation.
Internal data can be verified through an output pin by setting this bit.
Bit 4:
ALOOP - All Mode Loopback
A write to 1 will enable loopback in all modes.
Bit 3:
D_CHSW - DMA TX/RX Channel Swap
If only one DMA channel operates in MIR/FIR mode, then the DMA channel can be
swapped.
D_CHSW
DMA Channel Selected
0
Receiver (Default)
1
Transmitter
A write to 1 will enable output data when ALOOP=1.
Bit 2:
DMATHL - DMA Threshold Level
Set DMA threshold level as shown in the following table.
DMATHL
TX FIFO THRESHOLD
RX FIFO THRESHOLD
16-BYTE
32-BYTE
(16/32-BYTE)
0
13
13
4
1
23
7
10
-60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 1:
DMA_F - DMA Fairness
Bit 0:
DMA_F
Function Description
0
DMA request (DREQ) is forced inactive after 10.5us
1
No effect DMA request.
ADV_SL - Advanced Mode Select
A write to 1 selects advanced mode.
7.4.3
Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR)
Reading this register returns E0H. Writing a value selects Register Set.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Refault Value
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
BIT 1
BIT 0
7.4.4
Reg4 - Advanced IR Control Register 2 (ADCR2)
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
Advanced IR
DIS_BACK
-
PR_DIV1
PR_DIV0
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
BIT 3
BIT 2
RX_FSZ1 RX_FSZ0 TX_FSZ1
0
0
TXFSZ0
0
0
DIS_BACK - Disable Backward Operation
A write to 1 disables backward legacy IR mode. When operate in legacy SIR/ASK-IR
mode, this bit should be set to 1 to avoid backward operation.
Bit 6:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 5, 4:
PR_DIV1~0 - Pre-Divisor 1~0.
These bits select pre-divisor for external input clock 24M Hz. The clock goes through the
pre-divisor then input to baud rate divisor of IR.
Bit 3, 2:
PR_DIV1~0
PRE-DIVISOR
MAX. BAUD RATE
00
13.0
115.2K bps
01
1.625
921.6K bps
10
6.5
230.4K bps
11
1
1.5M bps
RX_FSZ1~0 - Receiver FIFO Size 1~0
These bits setup receiver FIFO size when FIFO is enable.
-61 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
RX_FSZ1~0
RX FIFO SIZE
00
16-Byte
01
32-Byte
1X
Reserved
Bit 1, 0:
TX_FSZ1~0 - Transmitter FIFO Size 1~0
These bits setup transmitter FIFO size when FIFO is enable.
TX_FSZ1~0
TX FIFO SIZE
00
16-Byte
01
32-Byte
1X
Reserved
TABLE: SIR Baud Rate
BAUD RATE FROM DIFFERENT PRE-DIVIDER
PRE-DIV: 13
PRE-DIV:1.625
1.8461M HZ
14.769M HZ
PRE-DIV:
1.0
24M HZ
DECIMAL DIVISOR
USED TO GENERATE
16X CLOCK
ERROR PERCENTAGE
BETWEEN DESIRED AND
ACTUAL
50
400
650
2304
**
75
600
975
1536
**
110
880
1430
1047
0.18%
134.5
1076
1478.5
857
0.099%
150
1200
1950
768
**
300
2400
3900
384
**
600
4800
7800
192
**
1200
9600
15600
96
**
1800
14400
23400
64
**
2000
16000
26000
58
0.53%
2400
19200
31200
48
**
3600
28800
46800
32
**
4800
38400
62400
24
**
7200
57600
93600
16
**
9600
76800
124800
12
**
19200
153600
249600
6
**
38400
307200
499200
3
**
2
**
1
**
57600
460800
748800
115200
921600
1497600
** The percentage error for all baud rates, except where indicated otherwise, is 0.16%.
-62
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.4.5
Reg6 - Transmitter FIFO Depth (TXFDTH) (Read Only)
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
Advanced IR
0
0
TXFD5
TXFD4
TXFD3
TXFD2
TXFD1
TXFD1
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7~6:
Reserved, Read 0.
Bit 5~0:
Reading these bits returns the current transmitter FIFO depth, that is, the number of bytes
left in the transmitter FIFO.
7.4.6
Reg7 - Receiver FIFO Depth (RXFDTH) (Read Only)
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
Advanced IR
0
0
RXFD5
RXFD4
RXFD3
RXFD2
RXFD1
RXFD1
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7~6:
Reserved, Read 0.
Bit 5~0:
Reading these bits returns the current receiver FIFO depth, that is, the number of bytes
left in the receiver FIFO.
7.5
Set3 - Version ID and Mapped Control Registers
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER
NAME
0
AUID
1
MP_UCR
Mapped IR Control Register
2
MP_UFR
Mapped IR FIFO Control Register
3
SSR
4
Reversed
-
5
Reserved
-
6
Reserved
-
7
Reserved
-
7.5.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Advanced IR ID
Sets Select Register
Reg0 - Advanced IR ID (AUID)
This register is read only. It stores advanced IR version ID. Reading it returns 1XH.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
0
0
0
1
X
X
X
X
-63 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.5.2
Reg1 - Mapped IR Control Register (MP_UCR)
This register is read only. Reading this register returns IR Control Register value of Set 0.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7.5.3
Reg2 - Mapped IR FIFO Control Register (MP_UFR)
This register is read only. Reading this register returns IR FIFO Control Register (UFR) value of SET
0.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7.5.4
Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR)
Reading this register returns E4H. Writing a value selects a Register Set.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
7.6
Set4 - TX/RX/Timer counter registers and IR control registers.
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER
NAME
0
TMRL
Timer Value Low Byte
1
TMRH
Timer Value High Byte
2
IR_MSL
Infrared Mode Select
3
SSR
Sets Select Register
4
TFRLL
Transmitter Frame Length Low Byte
5
TFRLH
Transmitter Frame Length High Byte
6
RFRLL
Receiver Frame Length Low Byte
7
RFRLH
Receiver Frame Length High Byte
7.6.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Set4.Reg0, 1 - Timer Value Register (TMRL/TMRH)
This is a 12-bit timer whose resolution is 1ms, that is, the maximum programmable time is 212-1 ms.
The timer is a down-counter and starts counting down when EN_TMR (Enable Timer) of Set4.Reg2 is
set to 1. When the timer counts down to zero and EN_TMR=1, the TMR_I is set to 1 and a new initial
value will be loaded into counter.
-64
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.6.2
Set4.Reg2 - Infrared Mode Select (IR_MSL)
MODE
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
Advanced IR
-
-
-
-
IR_MSL1
IR_MSL0
TMR_TST
EN_TMR
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7~4: Reserved, write to 0.
Bit 3, 2: IR_MSL1, 0 - Infrared Mode Select
Select legacy IR, SIR, or ASK-IR mode. Note that in legacy SIR/ASK-IR user should set
DIS_BACK=1 to avoid backward when programming baud rate.
Bit 1:
IR_MSL1, 0
OPERATION MODE SELECTED
00
Legacy IR
01
CIR
10
Legacy ASK-IR
11
Legacy SIR
TMR_TST - Timer Test
When set to 1, reading the TMRL/TMRH returns the programmed values of TMRL/TMRH
instead of the value of down counter. This bit is for testing timer register.
Bit 0:
EN_TMR - Enable Timer
A write to 1 will enable the timer.
7.6.3
Set4.Reg3 - Set Select Register (SSR)
Reading this register returns E8H. Writing this register selects Register Set.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
7.6.4
Set4.Reg4, 5 - Transmitter Frame Length (TFRLL/TFRLH)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
TFRLL
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TFRLH
-
-
-
bit 12
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
bit 8
Reset
Value
-
-
-
0
0
0
0
0
-65 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
These are combined to be a 13-bit register. Writing these registers programs the transmitter frame
length of a package. These registers are only valid when APM=1 (automatic package mode,
Set5.Reg4.bit5). When APM=1, the physical layer will split data stream to a programmed frame
length if the transmitted data is larger than the programmed frame length. When these registers are
read, they will return the number of bytes which is not transmitted from a frame length programmed.
7.6.5
Set4.Reg6, 7 - Receiver Frame Length (RFRLL/RFRLH)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
RFRLL
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RFRLH
-
-
-
bit 12
bit 11
bit 10
bit 9
bit 8
Reset
Value
-
-
-
0
0
0
0
0
These are combined to be a 13-bit registers and up counter. The length of receiver frame will be
limited to the programmed frame length. If the received frame length is larger than the programmed
receiver frame length, the bit of MX_LEX (Maximum Length Exceed) will be set to 1. Simultaneously,
the receiver will not receive any more data to RX FIFO until the next start flag of the next frame, which
is defined in the physical layer IrDA 1.1. Reading these registers returns the number of received data
bytes of a frame from the receiver.
7.7
Set 5 - Flow control and IR control and Frame Status FIFO registers
ADDRESS
OFFSET
REGISTER
NAME
0
FCBLL
Flow Control Baud Rate Divisor Latch Register (Low Byte)
1
FCBHL
Flow Control Baud Rate Divisor Latch Register (High Byte)
2
FC_MD
Flow Control Mode Operation
3
SSR
4
IRCFG1
Infrared Configure Register
5
FS_FO
Frame Status FIFO Register
6
RFRLFL
Receiver Frame Length FIFO Low Byte
7
RFRLFH
Receiver Frame Length FIFO High Byte
7.7.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Sets Select Register
Set5.Reg0, 1 - Flow Control Baud Rate Divisor Latch Register (FCDLL/ FCDHL)
If flow control is enforced when UART switches mode from MIR/FIR to SIR, then the pre-programmed
baud rate of FCBLL/FCBHL are loaded into advanced baud rate divisor latch (ADBLL/ADBHL).
-66
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.7.2
Set5.Reg2 - Flow Control Mode Operation (FC_MD)
These registers control flow control mode operation as shown in the following table.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
FC_MD
FC_MD2
FC_MD1
FC_MD0
-
FC_DSW
EN_FD
EN_BRFC
EN_FC
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7~5
FC_MD2 - Flow Control Mode
When flow control is enforced, these bits will be loaded into AD_MD2~0 of advanced
HSR (Handshake Status Register). These three bits are defined as same as AD_MD2~0.
Bit 4:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 3:
FC_DSW - Flow Control DMA Channel Swap
A write to 1 allow user to swap DMA channel for transmitter or receiver when flow control
is enforced.
Bit 2:
FC_DSW
Next Mode After Flow Control Occurred
0
Receiver Channel
1
Transmitter Channel
EN_FD - Enable Flow DMA Control
A write to 1 enables UART to use DMA channel when flow control is enforced.
Bit 1:
EN_BRFC - Enable Baud Rate Flow Control
A write to 1 enables FC_BLL/FC_BHL (Flow Control Baud Rate Divider Latch, in
Set5.Reg1~0) to be loaded into advanced baud rate divisor latch (ADBLL/ADBHL, in
Set2.Reg1~0).
Bit 0:
EN_FC - Enable Flow Control
A write to 1 enables flow control function and bit 7~1 of this register.
-67 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.7.3
Set5.Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR)
Writing this register selects Register Set. Reading this register returns ECH.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
7.7.4
Set5.Reg4 - Infrared Configure Register 1 (IRCFG1)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
IRCFG1
-
FSF_TH
FEND_M
AUX_RX
-
-
IRHSSL
IR_FULL
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 6:
FSF_TH - Frame Status FIFO Threshold
Set this bit to determine the frame status FIFO threshold level and to generate the FSF_I.
The threshold level values are defined as follows.
Bit 5:
FSF_TH
STATUS FIFO THRESHOLD LEVEL
0
2
1
4
FEND_MD - Frame End Mode
A write to 1 enables hardware to split data stream into equal length frame automatically
as defined in Set4.Reg4 and Set4.Reg5, i.e., TFRLL/TFRLH.
Bit 4:
AUX_RX - Auxiliary Receiver Pin
A write to 1 selects IRRX input pin. (Refer to Set7.Reg7.Bit5)
Bit 3~2:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 1:
IRHSSL - Infrared Handshake Status Select
When set to 0, the HSR (Handshake Status Register) operates as same as defined in IR
mode. A write to 1 will disable HSR, and reading HSR returns 30H.
Bit 0:
IR_FULL - Infrared Full Duplex Operation
When set to 0, IR module operates in half duplex. A write to 1 makes IR module operate
in full duplex.
-68
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.7.5
Set5.Reg5 - Frame Status FIFO Register (FS_FO)
This register shows the bottom byte of frame status FIFO.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
FS_FO
FSFDR
LST_FR
-
MX_LEX
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
BIT 3
BIT 2
PHY_ERR CRC_ERR
0
0
BIT 1
BIT 0
RX_OV
FSF_OV
0
0
FSFDR - Frame Status FIFO Data Ready
Indicate that a data byte is valid in frame status FIFO bottom.
Bit 6:
LST_FR - Lost Frame
Set to 1 when one or more frames have been lost.
Bit 5:
Reserved.
Bit 4:
MX_LEX - Maximum Frame Length Exceed
Set to 1 when incoming data exceeds programmed maximum frame length defined in
Set4.Reg6 and Set4.Reg7. This bit is in frame status FIFO bottom and is valid only when
FSFDR=1 (Frame Status FIFO Data Ready).
Bit 3:
PHY_ERR - Physical Error
When receiving data, any physical layer error as defined in IrDA 1.1 will set this bit to 1.
This bit is in frame status FIFO bottom and is valid only when FSFDR=1 (Frame Status FIFO
Data Ready).
Bit 2:
CRC_ERR - CRC Error
Set to 1 when receive a bad CRC in a frame. This CRC belongs to physical layer as defined
in IrDA 1.1. This bit is in frame status FIFO bottom and is valid only when FSFDR=1 (Frame
Status FIFO Data Ready).
Bit 1:
RX_OV - Received Data Overrun
Set to 1 when receiver FIFO overruns.
Bit 0:
FSF_OV - Frame Status FIFO Overrun
Set to 1 When frame status FIFO overruns.
7.7.6
Set5.Reg6, 7 - Receiver Frame Length FIFO (RFLFL/RFLFH) or Lost Frame
Number (LST_NU)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
RFLFL/ LST_NU
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RFLFH
-
-
-
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-69 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Receiver Frame Length FIFO (RFLFL/RFLFH):
These are combined to be a 13-bit register. Reading these registers returns received byte count for
the frame. When read, the register of RFLFH will pop-up another frame status and frame length if
FSFDR=1 (Set5.Reg4.Bit7).
Lost Frame Number (LST_NU):
When LST_FR=1 (Set5.Reg4.Bit6), Reg6 stands for LST_NU which is a 8-bit register holding the
number of frames lost in succession.
7.8
Set6 - IR Physical Layer Control Registers
ADDRESS OFFSET
REGISTER NAME
0
IR_CFG2
Infrared Configure Register 2
1
MIR_PW
MIR (1.152M bps or 0.576M bps) Pulse Width
2
SIR_PW
SIR Pulse Width
3
SSR
4
HIR_FNU
5
Reserved
-
6
Reserved
-
7
Reserved
-
7.8.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Sets Select Register
High Speed Infrared Flag Number
Set6.Reg0 - Infrared Configure Register 2 (IR_CFG2)
This register controls ASK-IR, MIR, FIR operations.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
IR_CFG2
SHMD_N
SHDM_N
FIR_CRC
MIR_CRC
-
INV_CRC
DIS_CRC
-
Reset
Value
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
Bit 6:
SHMD_N - ASK-IR Modulation Disable
SHMD_N
Modulation Mode
0
1
IRTX modulate 500K Hz Square Wave
Re-rout IRTX
SHDM_N - ASK-IR Demodulation Disable
SHDM_N
Demodulation Mode
0
1
Demodulation 500K Hz
Re-rout IRRX
-70
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 5:
FIR_CRC - FIR (4M bps) CRC Type
FIR_CRC
CRC Type
0
16-bit CRC
1
32-bit CRC
Note that the 16/32-bit CRC are defined in IrDA 1.1 physical layer.
Bit 4:
MIR_CRC - MIR (1.152M/0.576M bps) CRC Type
MIR_CRC
CRC Type
0
1
16-bit CRC
32-bit CRC
Bit 2:
INV_CRC - Inverting CRC
When set to 1, the CRC is inversely output in physical layer.
Bit 1:
DIS_CRC - Disable CRC
When set to 1, the transmitter does not transmit CRC in physical layer.
Bit 0:
Reserved, write 1.
7.8.2
Set6.Reg1 - MIR (1.152M/0.576M bps) Pulse Width
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
MIR_PW
-
-
-
M_PW4
M_PW3
M_PW2
M_PW1
M_PW0
Reset
Value
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
This 5-bit register sets MIR output pulse width.
M_PW4~0
MIR PULSE WIDTH (1.152M BPS)
MIR OUTPUT WIDTH (0.576M BPS)
00000
0 ns
0 ns
00001
20.83 ns
41.66 ns
00010
41.66 (==20.83*2) ns
83.32 (==41.66*2) ns
...
...
...
k10
20.83*k10 ns
41.66*k10 ns
...
...
...
11111
645 ns
1290 ns
-71 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
7.8.3
Set6.Reg2 - SIR Pulse Width
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SIR_PW
-
-
-
S_PW4
S_PW3
S_PW2
S_PW1
S_PW0
Reset Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
This 5-bit register sets SIR output pulse width.
S_PW4~0
SIR OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH
00000
3/16 bit time of IR
01101
1.6 us
Others
1.6 us
7.8.4
Set6.Reg3 - Set Select Register
Select Register Set by writing a set number to this register. Reading this register returns F0H.
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
SSR7
SSR6
SSR5
SSR4
SSR3
SSR2
SRR1
SRR0
Default Value
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
7.8.5
Set6.Reg4 - High Speed Infrared Beginning Flag Number (HIR_FNU)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
HIR_FNU
M_FG3
M_FG2
M_FG1
M_FG0
F_FL3
F_FL2
F_FL1
F_FL0
Reset Value
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Bit 7~4:
M_FG3~0 - MIR beginning Flag Number
These bits define the number of transmitter Start Flag of MIR. Note that the number of
MIR start flag should be equal or more than two which is defined in IrDA 1.1 physical
layer. The default value is 2.
M_FG3~0
BEGINNING FLAG NUMBER
M_FG3~0
BEGINNING FLAG NUMBER
0000
Reserved
1000
10
0001
1
1001
12
0010
2 (Default)
1010
16
0011
3
1011
20
0100
4
1100
24
0101
5
1101
28
0110
6
1110
32
0111
8
1111
Reserved
-72
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 3~0:
F_FG3~0 - FIR Beginning Flag Number
These bits define the number of transmitter Preamble Flag in FIR. Note that the number
of FIR start flag should be equal to sixteen which is defined in IrDA 1.1 physical layer.
The default value is 16.
M_FG3~0
BEGINNING FLAG
NUMBER
M_FG3~0
BEGINNING FLAG NUMBER
0000
Reserved
1000
10
0001
1
1001
12
0010
2
1010
16 (Default)
0011
3
1011
20
0100
4
1100
24
0101
5
1101
28
0110
6
1110
32
0111
8
1111
Reserved
7.9
Set7 - Remote control and IR module selection registers
ADDRESS OFFSET
REGISTER NAME
0
RIR_RXC
Remote Infrared Receiver Control
1
RIR_TXC
Remote Infrared Transmitter Control
2
RIR_CFG
Remote Infrared Config Register
3
SSR
4
IRM_SL1
Infrared Module (Front End) Select 1
5
IRM_SL2
Infrared Module Select 2
6
IRM_SL3
Infrared Module Select 3
7
IRM_CR
Infrared Module Control Register
7.9.1
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Sets Select Register
Set7.Reg0 - Remote Infrared Receiver Control (RIR_RXC)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
RIR_RXC
RX_FR2
RX_FR1
RX_FR0
RX_FSL4
RX_FSL3
RX_FSL2
RX_FSL1
RX_FSL0
Default Value
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
-73 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
This register defines frequency range of receiver of remote IR.
Bit 7~5:
RX_FR2~0 - Receiver Frequency Range 2~0.
These bits select the input frequency range of the receiver. It is implemented through a
band pass filter, i.e., only the input signals whose frequency lies in the range defined in
this register will be received.
Bit 4~0:
RX_FSL4~0 - Receiver Frequency Select 4~0.
Select the operation frequency of receiver.
Table: Low Frequency range select of receiver.
RX_FR2~0 (LOW FREQUENCY)
001
010
011
RX_FSL4~0
MIN.
MAX.
MIN.
MAX.
MIN.
MAX.
00010
26.1
29.6
24.7
31.7
23.4
34.2
00011
28.2
32.0
26.7
34.3
25.3
36.9
00100
29.4
33.3
27.8
35.7
26.3
38.4
00101
30.0
34.0
28.4
36.5
26.9
39.3
00110
31.4
35.6
29.6
38.1
28.1
41.0
00111
32.1
36.4
30.3
39.0
28.7
42.0
01000
32.8
37.2
31.0
39.8
29.4
42.9
01001
33.6*
38.1*
31.7
40.8
30.1
44.0
01011
34.4
39.0
32.5
41.8
30.8
45.0
01100
36.2
41.0
34.2
44.0
32.4
47.3
01101
37.2
42.1
35.1
45.1
33.2
48.6
01111
38.2
43.2
36.0
46.3
34.1
49.9
10000
40.3
45.7
38.1
49.0
36.1
52n.7
10010
41.5
47.1
39.2
50.4
37.2
54.3
10011
42.8
48.5
40.4
51.9
38.3
56.0
10101
44.1
50.0
41.7
53.6
39.5
57.7
10111
45.5
51.6
43.0
55.3
40.7
59.6
11010
48.7
55.2
46.0
59.1
43.6
63.7
11011
50.4
57.1
47.6
61.2
45.1
65.9
11101
54.3
61.5
51.3
65.9
48.6
71.0
Note that those unassigned combinations are reserved.
-74
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Table: High Frequency range select of receiver
RX_FR2~0 (HIGH FREQUENCY)
001
RX_FSL4~0
Min.
Max.
00011
355.6
457.1
01000
380.1
489.8
01011
410.3
527.4
Note that those unassigned combinations are reserved.
Table: SHARP ASK-IR receiver frequency range select.
RX_FSL4~0 (SHARP ASK-IR)
RX_FR2~0
001
-
480.0* 533.3*
010
457.1
011
564.7
436.4
100
600.0
417.4
101
640.0
400.0
110
685.6
384.0
738.5
Note that those unassigned combinations are reserved.
7.9.2
Set7.Reg1 - Remote Infrared Transmitter Control (RIR_TXC)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
RIR_TXC
TX_PW2
TX_PW1
TX_PW0
TX_FSL4
TX_FSL3
TX_FSL2
TX_FSL1
TX_FSL0
Default Value
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
This Register defines the transmitter frequency and pulse width of remote IR.
Bit 7~5:
TX_PW2~0 - Transmitter Pulse Width 2~ 0.
Select the transmission pulse width.
TX_PW2~0
LOW FREQUENCY
HIGH FREQUENCY
010
6 μs
0.7 μ s
011
7 μs
0.8 μ s
100
9 μs
0.9 μ s
101
10.6 μ s
1.0 μ s
Note that those unassigned combinations are reserved.
Bit 4~0:
TX_FSL4~0 - Transmitter Frequency Select 4~0.
Select the transmission frequency.
-75 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Table: Low frequency selected.
TX_FSL4~0
LOW FREQUENCY
00011
30K Hz
00100
31K HZ
...
...
11101
56K Hz
Note that those unassigned combinations are reserved.
Table: High frequency selected.
TX_FSL4~0
HIGH FREQUENCY
00011
400K Hz
01000
450K Hz
01011
480K Hz
Note that those unassigned combinations are reserved.
7.9.3
Set7.Reg2 - Remote Infrared Config Register (RIR_CFG)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
RIR_CFG
P_PNB
SMP_M
RXCFS
-
TX_CFS
RX_DM
TX_MM1
TX_MM0
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
P_PNB: Programming Pulse Number Coding.
Write a 1 to select programming pulse number coding. The code format is defined as
follows.
(Number of bits) - 1
B7 B6
B5
B4 B3
B2
B1 B0
Bit value
If the bit value is set to 0, the high pulse will be transmitted/received. If the bit value is set
to 1, then no energy will be transmitted/received.
Bit 6:
SMP_M - Sampling Mode.
To select receiver sampling mode.
When set to 0 then uses T-period sampling, that the T-period is programmed IR baud
rate.
When set to 1, programmed baud rate will be used to do oversampling.
-76
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 5:
RXCFS - Receiver Carry Frequency Select
RXCFS
Selected Frequency
0
30K ~ 56K Hz
1
400K ~ 480K Hz
Bit 4:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 3:
TX_CFS - Transmitter Carry Frequency Select.
Select low speed or high speed transmitter carry frequency.
Bit 2:
TX_FCS
Selected Frequency
0
30K ~ 56K Hz
1
400K ~ 480K Hz
RX_DM - Receiver Demodulation Mode.
Bit 1~0:
7.9.4
RX_DM
Demodulation Mode
0
Enable internal decoder
1
Disable internal decoder
TX_MM1~0 - Transmitter Modulation Mode 1~0
TX_MM1~0
TX Modulation Mode
00
Continuously send pulse for logic 0
01
8 pulses for logic 0 and no pulse for logic 1.
10
6 pulses for logic 0 and no pulse for logic 1
11
Reserved.
Set7.Reg3 - Sets Select Register (SSR)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
SSR
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Default Value
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
Reading this register returns F4H. Select Register Set by writing a set number to this register.
7.9.5
Set7.Reg4 - Infrared Module (Front End) Select 1 (IRM_SL1)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
IRM_SL1
IR_MSP
SIR_SL2
SIR_SL1
SIR_SL0
-
AIR_SL2
AIR_SL1
AIR_SL0
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-77 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 7:
IR_MSP - IR Mode Select Pulse
When set to 1, the transmitter (IRTX) will send a 64 μs pulse to setup a special IR frontend operational mode. When IR front-end module uses mode select pin (MD) and
transmitter IR pulse (IRTX) to switch between high speed IR (such as FIR or MIR) and
low speed IR (SIR or ASK-IR), this bit should be used.
Bit 6~4:
SIR_SL2~0 - SIR (Serial IR) mode select.
These bits are used to program the operational mode of the SIR front-end module.
These values of SIR_SL2~0 will be automatically loaded to pins of IR_SL2~0,
respectively, when (1) AM_FMT=1 (Automatic Format, in Set7.Reg7.Bit7); (2) the mode
of Advanced IR is set to SIR (AD_MD2~0, in Set0.Reg4.Bit7~0).
Bit 3:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 2~0:
AIR_SL2~0 - ASK-IR Mode Select.
These bits setup the operational mode of ASK-IR front-end module when AM_FMT=1 and
AD_MD2~0 are configured to ASK-IR mode. These values will be automatically loaded to
IR_SL2~0, respectively.
7.9.6
Set7.Reg5 - Infrared Module (Front End) Select 2 (IRM_SL2)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
IRM_SL2
-
FIR_SL2
FIR_SL1
FIR_SL0
-
MIR_SL2
MIR_SL1
MIR_SL0
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 6~4:
FIR_SL2~0 - FIR mode select.
These bits setup the operational mode of FIR front-end module when AM_FMT=1 and
AD_MD2~0 are configured to FIR mode. These values will be automatically loaded to
IR_SL2~0, respectively.
Bit 3:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 2~0:
MIR_SL2~0 - MIR Mode Select.
These bits setup the MIR operational mode when AM_FMT=1 and AD_MD2~0 are
configured to MIR mode. These values will be automatically loaded to IR_SL2~0,
respectively.
7.9.7
Set7.Reg6 - Infrared Module (Front End) Select 3 (IRM_SL3)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
IRM_SL3
-
LRC_SL2
LRC_SL1
LRC_SL0
-
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
-78
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
HRC_SL2 HRC_SL1 HRC_SL0
0
0
0
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 7:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 6~4:
LRC_SL2~0 - Low Speed Remote IR mode select.
These bits setup the operational mode of low speed remote IR front-end module when
AM_FMT=1 and AD_MD2~0 are configured to Remote IR mode. These values will be
automatically loaded to IR_SL2~0, respectively.
Bit 3:
Reserved, write 0.
Bit 2~0:
HRC_SL2~0 - High Speed Remote IR Mode Select.
These bits setup the operational mode of high speed remote IR front-end module when
AM_FMT=1 and .AD_MD2~0 are configured to Remote IR mode. These values will be
automatically loaded to IR_SL2~0, respectively.
7.9.8
Set7.Reg7 - Infrared Module Control Register (IRM_CR)
REG.
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
IRM_CR
AM_FMT
IRX_MSL
IRSL0D
RXINV
TXINV
-
-
-
Default Value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 7:
AM_FMT - Automatic Format
A write to 1 will enable automatic format IR front-end module. These bit will affect the
output of IR_SL2~0 which is referred by IR front-end module selection (Set7.Reg4~6)
Bit 6:
IRX_MSL - IR Receiver Module Select
Select the receiver input path from the IR front end module if IR module has the
separated high speed and low speed receiver path. If the IR module has only one
receiving path, then this bit should be set to 0.
Bit 5:
IRX_MSL
Receiver Pin selected
0
IRRX (Low/High Speed)
1
IRRXH (High Speed)
IRSL0D - Direction of IRSL0 Pin
Select function for IRRXH or IRSL0 because they share common pin and have different
input/output direction.
IRSL0_D
Function
0
IRRXH (I/P)
1
IRSL0 (O/P)
-79 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Table: IR receiver input pin selection
IRSL0D
IRX_MSL
AUX_RX
HIGH SPEED IR
SELECTED IR PIN
0
0
0
X
IRRX
0
0
1
X
IRRXH
0
1
X
0
IRRX
0
1
X
1
IRRXH
1
0
0
X
IRRX
1
0
1
X
Reserved
1
1
X
0
IRRX
1
1
X
1
Reserved
Note: that (1) AUX_RX is defined in Set5.Reg4.Bit4, (2) high speed IR includes MIR (1.152M or 0.576M bps) and FIR (4M bps),
(3) IRRX is the input of the low speed or high speed IR receiver, IRRXH is the input of the high speed IR receiver.
Bit 4:
RXINV - Receiving Signal Invert
A write to 1 will Invert the receiving signal.
Bit 3:
TXINV - Transmitting Signal Invert
A write to 1 will Invert the transmitting signal.
Bit 2~0:
Reserved, write 0.
-80
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8. PARALLEL PORT
8.1
Printer Interface Logic
The parallel port of the W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG makes possible the attachment of various
devices that accept eight bits of parallel data at standard TTL level. The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG
supports an IBM XT/AT compatible parallel port (SPP), bi-directional parallel port (BPP), Enhanced
Parallel Port (EPP), Extended Capabilities Parallel Port (ECP), Extension FDD mode (EXTFDD),
Extension 2FDD mode (EXT2FDD) on the parallel port. Refer to the configuration registers for more
information on disabling, power-down, and on selecting the mode of operation.
Table 8-1 shows the pin definitions for different modes of the parallel port.
TABLE 8-1-1 PARALLEL PORT CONNECTOR AND PIN DEFINITIONS
HOST
CONNECTOR
PIN NUMBER
OF W83977F/ AF
PIN
ATTRIBUTE
SPP
EPP
ECP
1
36
O
nSTB
nWrite
2-9
31-26, 24-23
I/O
PD<0:7>
PD<0:7>
10
22
I
nACK
Intr
nACK, PeriphClk2
11
21
I
BUSY
nWait
BUSY, PeriphAck2
12
19
I
PE
PE
13
18
I
SLCT
Select
SLCT, Xflag2
14
35
O
nAFD
nDStrb
nAFD, HostAck2
15
34
I
nERR
nError
nFault1, nPeriphRequest2
16
33
O
nINIT
nInit
17
32
O
nSLIN
nAStrb
nSTB, HostClk2
PD<0:7>
PEerror, nAckReverse2
nINIT1, nReverseRqst2
nSLIN1 , ECPMode2
Notes:
n<name > : Active Low
1. Compatible Mode
2. High Speed Mode
3. For more information, refer to the IEEE 1284 standard.
-81 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
TABLE 8-1-2 PARALLEL PORT CONNECTOR AND PIN DEFINITIONS
HOST
CONNECTOR
PIN NUMBER
OF W83977F/
AF
PIN
ATTRIBUTE
SPP
PIN
ATTRIBUTE
EXT2FD
D
PIN
ATTRIBUTE
EXTFDD
1
2
36
31
O
I/O
nSTB
PD0
--I
---
---
INDEX2
--I
INDEX2
3
30
I/O
PD1
I
TRAK02
I
TRAK02
4
29
I/O
PD2
I
WP2
I
WP2
5
28
I/O
PD3
I
RDATA2
I
RDATA2
6
27
I/O
PD4
I
DSKCHG2
I
DSKCHG2
7
8
26
24
I/O
I/O
PD5
PD6
--OD
MOA2
-----
-----
9
23
I/O
PD7
OD
DSA2
---
---
10
22
I
nACK
OD
DSB2
OD
DSB2
11
21
I
BUSY
OD
MOB2
OD
MOB2
12
19
I
PE
OD
WD2
OD
WD2
13
18
I
SLCT
OD
WE2
OD
WE2
14
35
O
nAFD
OD
RWC2
OD
RWC2
15
34
I
nERR
OD
HEAD2
OD
HEAD2
16
33
O
nINIT
OD
DIR2
OD
DIR2
17
32
O
nSLIN
OD
STEP2
OD
STEP2
8.2
---
Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP)
TABLE 8-2 PRINTER MODE AND EPP REGISTER ADDRESS
A2
A1
A0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
REGISTER
Data port (R/W)
Printer status buffer (Read)
Printer control latch (Write)
Printer control swapper (Read)
EPP address port (R/W)
EPP data port 0 (R/W)
EPP data port 1 (R/W)
EPP data port 2 (R/W)
EPP data port 2 (R/W)
NOTE
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Notes:
1. These registers are available in all modes.
2. These registers are available only in EPP mode.
8.2.1
Data Swapper
The system microprocessor can read the contents of the printer's data latch by reading the data
swapper.
-82
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.2.2
Printer Status Buffer
The system microprocessor can read the printer status by reading the address of the printer status
buffer. The bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
1
0
TMOUT
ERROR
SLCT
PE
ACK
BUSY
Bit 7: This signal is active during data entry, when the printer is off-line during printing, when the print
head is changing position, or during an error state. When this signal is active, the printer is busy
and cannot accept data.
Bit 6: This bit represents the current state of the printer's ACK signal. A 0 means the printer has
received a character and is ready to accept another. Normally, this signal will be active for
approximately 5 microseconds before BUSY stops.
Bit 5: Logical 1 means the printer has detected the end of paper.
Bit 4: Logical 1 means the printer is selected.
Bit 3: Logical 0 means the printer has encountered an error condition.
Bit 1, 2: These two bits are not implemented and are logic one during a read of the status register.
Bit 0: This bit is valid in EPP mode only. It indicates that a 10 μS time-out has occurred on the EPP
bus. A logic 0 means that no time-out error has occurred; a logic 1 means that a time-out error
has been detected. Writing a logic 1 to this bit will clear the time-out status bit; writing a logic 0
has no effect.
-83 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.2.3
Printer Control Latch and Printer Control Swapper
The system microprocessor can read the contents of the printer control latch by reading the printer
control swapper. Bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
1
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
STROBE
AUTO FD
INIT
SLCT IN
IRQ ENABLE
DIR
Bit 7, 6: These two bits are a logic one during a read. They can be written.
Bit 5: Direction control bit
When this bit is a logic 1, the parallel port is in input mode (read); when it is a logic 0,
the parallel port is in output mode (write). This bit can be read and written. In SPP mode, this
bit is invalid and fixed at zero.
Bit 4: A 1 in this position allows an interrupt to occur when ACK changes from low to high.
Bit 3: A 1 in this bit position selects the printer.
Bit 2: A 0 starts the printer (50 microsecond pulse, minimum).
Bit 1: A 1 causes the printer to line-feed after a line is printed.
Bit 0: A 0.5 microsecond minimum high active pulse clocks data into the printer. Valid data must be
present for a minimum of 0.5 microseconds before and after the strobe pulse.
8.2.4
EPP Address Port
The address port is available only in EPP mode. Bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
The contents of DB0-DB7 are buffered (non-inverting) and output to ports PD0-PD7 during a write
operation. The leading edge of IOW causes an EPP address write cycle to be performed, and the
trailing edge of IOW latches the data for the duration of the EPP write cycle.
PD0-PD7 ports are read during a read operation. The leading edge of IOR causes an EPP address
read cycle to be performed and the data to be output to the host CPU.
-84
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.2.5
EPP Data Port 0-3
These four registers are available only in EPP mode. Bit definitions of each data port are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
When accesses are made to any EPP data port, the contents of DB0-DB7 are buffered (non-inverting)
and output to the ports PD0-PD7 during a write operation. The leading edge of IOW causes an EPP
data write cycle to be performed, and the trailing edge of IOW latches the data for the duration of the
EPP write cycle.
During a read operation, ports PD0-PD7 are read, and the leading edge of IOR causes an EPP read
cycle to be performed and the data to be output to the host CPU.
8.2.6
Bit Map of Parallel Port and EPP Registers
REGISTER
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
BUSY
ACK
PE
SLCT
ERROR
1
1
TMOUT
Control Swapper
(Read)
1
1
1
IRQEN
SLIN
INIT
AUTOFD
STROBE
Control Latch (Write)
1
1
DIR
IRQ
SLIN
INIT
AUTOFD
STROBE
EPP Address Port
R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 0
(R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 1
(R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 2
(R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
EPP Data Port 3
(R/W)
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
Data Port (R/W)
Status Buffer (Read)
-85 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.2.7
EPP Pin Descriptions
EPP NAME
TYPE
EPP DESCRIPTION
nWrite
O
Denotes an address or data read or write operation.
PD<0:7>
I/O
Bi-directional EPP address and data bus.
Intr
I
Used by peripheral device to interrupt the host.
nWait
I
Inactive to acknowledge that data transfer is completed. Active to indicate
that the device is ready for the next transfer.
PE
I
Paper end; same as SPP mode.
Select
I
Printer selected status; same as SPP mode.
nDStrb
O
This signal is active low. It denotes a data read or write operation.
nError
I
Error; same as SPP mode.
nInits
O
This signal is active low. When it is active, the EPP device is reset to its
initial operating mode.
nAStrb
O
This signal is active low. It denotes an address read or write operation.
8.2.8
EPP Operation
When the EPP mode is selected in the configuration register, the standard and bi-directional modes
are also available. The PDx bus is in the standard or bi-directional mode when no EPP read, write, or
address cycle is currently being executed. In this condition all output signals are set by the SPP
Control Port and the direction is controlled by DIR of the Control Port.
A watchdog timer is required to prevent system lockup. The timer indicates that more than 10 μS have
elapsed from the start of the EPP cycle to the time WAIT is deasserted. The current EPP cycle is
aborted when a time-out occurs. The time-out condition is indicated in Status bit 0.
8.2.8.1
EPP Operation
The EPP operates on a two-phase cycle. First, the host selects the register within the device for
subsequent operations. Second, the host performs a series of read and/or write byte operations to the
selected register. Four operations are supported on the EPP: Address Write, Data Write, Address
Read, and Data Read. All operations on the EPP device are performed asynchronously.
8.2.8.2
EPP Version 1.9 Operation
The EPP read/write operation can be completed under the following conditions:
a. If the nWait is active low, when the read cycle (nWrite inactive high, nDStrb/nAStrb active low) or
write cycle (nWrite active low, nDStrb/nAStrb active low) starts, the read/write cycle proceeds normally
and will be completed when nWait goes inactive high.
b. If nWait is inactive high, the read/write cycle will not start. It must wait until nWait changes to active
low, at which time it will start as described above.
8.2.8.3
EPP Version 1.7 Operation
The EPP read/write cycle can start without checking whether nWait is active or inactive. Once the
read/write cycle starts, however, it will not terminate until nWait changes from active low to inactive
high.
-86
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.3 Extended Capabilities Parallel (ECP) Port
This port is software and hardware compatible with existing parallel ports, so it may be used as a
standard printer mode if ECP is not required. It provides an automatic high burst-bandwidth channel
that supports DMA for ECP in both the forward (host to peripheral) and reverse (peripheral to host)
directions.
Small FIFOs are used in both forward and reverse directions to improve the maximum bandwidth
requirement. The size of the FIFO is 16 bytes. The ECP port supports an automatic handshake for the
standard parallel port to improve compatibility mode transfer speed.
The ECP port supports run-length-encoded (RLE) decompression (required) in hardware.
Compression is accomplished by counting identical bytes and transmitting an RLE byte that indicates
how many times the next byte is to be repeated. Hardware support for compression is optional.
For more information about the ECP Protocol, refer to the Extended Capabilities Port Protocol and ISA
Interface Standard.
8.3.1
ECP Register and Mode Definitions
NAME
ADDRESS
I/O
ECP MODES
FUNCTION
data
Base+000h
R/W
000-001
ecpAFifo
Base+000h
R/W
011
ECP FIFO (Address)
dsr
Base+001h
R
All
Status Register
dcr
Base+002h
R/W
All
Control Register
cFifo
Base+400h
R/W
010
Parallel Port Data FIFO
ecpDFifo
Base+400h
R/W
011
ECP FIFO (DATA)
tFifo
Base+400h
R/W
110
Test FIFO
cnfgA
Base+400h
R
111
Configuration Register A
cnfgB
Base+401h
R/W
111
Configuration Register B
ecr
Base+402h
R/W
All
Extended Control Register
Data Register
Note: The base addresses are specified by CR23, which are determined by configuration register or hardware setting.
MODE
DESCRIPTION
000
SPP mode
001
PS/2 Parallel Port mode
010
Parallel Port Data FIFO mode
011
ECP Parallel Port mode
100
EPP mode (If this option is enabled in the CR9 and CR0 to select ECP/EPP mode)
101
Reserved
110
Test mode
111
Configuration mode
Note: The mode selection bits are bit 7-5 of the Extended Control Register.
-87 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.3.2
Data and ecpAFifo Port
Modes 000 (SPP) and 001 (PS/2) (Data Port)
During a write operation, the Data Register latches the contents of the data bus on the rising edge of
the input. The contents of this register are output to the PD0-PD7 ports. During a read operation, ports
PD0-PD7 are read and output to the host. The bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
Mode 011 (ECP FIFO-Address/RLE)
A data byte written to this address is placed in the FIFO and tagged as an ECP Address/RLE. The
hardware at the ECP port transmits this byte to the peripheral automatically. The operation of this
register is defined only for the forward direction. The bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address or RLE
Address/RLE
8.3.3
Device Status Register (DSR)
These bits are at low level during a read of the Printer Status Register. The bits of this status register
are defined as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
1
1
nFault
Select
PError
nAck
nBusy
-88
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 7: This bit reflects the complement of the Busy input.
Bit 6: This bit reflects the nAck input.
Bit 5: This bit reflects the PError input.
Bit 4: This bit reflects the Select input.
Bit 3: This bit reflects the nFault input.
Bit 2-0: These three bits are not implemented and are always logic one during a read.
8.3.4
Device Control Register (DCR)
The bit definitions are as follows:
7
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
strobe
autofd
nInit
SelectIn
ackIntEn
Direction
Bit 6, 7: These two bits are logic one during a read and cannot be written.
Bit 5: This bit has no effect and the direction is always out if mode = 000 or mode = 010. Direction is
valid in all other modes.
0
the parallel port is in output mode.
1
the parallel port is in input mode.
Bit 4: Interrupt request enable. When this bit is set to a high level, it may be used to enable interrupt
requests from the parallel port to the CPU due to a low to high transition on the ACK input.
Bit 3: This bit is inverted and output to the SLIN output.
0
The printer is not selected.
1
The printer is selected.
Bit 2: This bit is output to the INIT output.
Bit 1: This bit is inverted and output to the AFD output.
Bit 0: This bit is inverted and output to the STB output.
8.3.5
cFifo (Parallel Port Data FIFO) Mode = 010
This mode is defined only for the forward direction. The standard parallel port protocol is used by a
hardware handshake to the peripheral to transmit bytes written or DMAed from the system to this
FIFO. Transfers to the FIFO are byte aligned.
-89 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.3.6
ecpDFifo (ECP Data FIFO) Mode = 011
When the direction bit is 0, bytes written or DMAed from the system to this FIFO are transmitted by a
hardware handshake to the peripheral using the ECP parallel port protocol. Transfers to the FIFO are
byte aligned.
When the direction bit is 1, data bytes from the peripheral are read under automatic hardware
handshake from ECP into this FIFO. Reads or DMAs from the FIFO will return bytes of ECP data to
the system.
8.3.7
tFifo (Test FIFO Mode) Mode = 110
Data bytes may be read, written, or DMAed to or from the system to this FIFO in any direction. Data in
the tFIFO will not be transmitted to the parallel port lines. However, data in the tFIFO may be
displayed on the parallel port data lines.
8.3.8
cnfgA (Configuration Register A) Mode = 111
This register is a read-only register. When it is read, 10H is returned. This indicates to the system that
this is an 8-bit implementation.
8.3.9
cnfgB (Configuration Register B) Mode = 111
The bit definitions are as follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
1
1
IRQx 0
IRQx 1
IRQx 2
intrValue
compress
Bit 7: This bit is read-only. It is at low level during a read. This means that this chip does not support
hardware RLE compression.
Bit 6: Returns the value on the ISA IRQ line to determine possible conflicts.
Bit 5-3: Reflect the IRQ resource assigned for ECP port.
cnfgB[5:3]
IRQ resource
000
reflect other IRQ resources selected by PnP register (default)
001
IRQ7
010
IRQ9
011
IRQ10
100
IRQ11
101
IRQ14
110
IRQ15
111
IRQ5
Bit 2-0: These five bits are at high level during a read and can be written.
-90
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.3.10
ecr (Extended Control Register) Mode = all
This register controls the extended ECP parallel port functions. The bit definitions are follows:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
empty
full
service Intr
dmaEn
nErrIntrEn
MODE
MODE
MODE
Bit 7-5: These bits are read/write and select the mode.
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Standard Parallel Port mode. The FIFO is reset in this mode.
PS/2 Parallel Port mode. This is the same as 000 except that direction may be used
to tri-state the data lines and reading the data register returns the value on the data
lines and not the value in the data register.
Parallel Port FIFO mode. This is the same as 000 except that bytes are written or
DMAed to the FIFO. FIFO data are automatically transmitted using the standard
parallel port protocol. This mode is useful only when direction is 0.
ECP Parallel Port Mode. When the direction is 0 (forward direction), bytes placed
into the ecpDFifo and bytes written to the ecpAFifo are placed in a single FIFO and
auto transmitted to the peripheral using ECP Protocol. When the direction is 1
(reverse direction), bytes are moved from the ECP parallel port and packed into
bytes in the ecpDFifo.
Selects EPP Mode. In this mode, EPP is activated if the EPP mode is selected.
Reserved.
Test Mode. The FIFO may be written and read in this mode, but the data will not be
transmitted on the parallel port.
Configuration Mode. The confgA and confgB registers are accessible at 0x400 and
0x401 in this mode.
Bit 4: Read/Write (Valid only in ECP Mode)
1
Disables the interrupt generated on the asserting edge of nFault.
0
Enables an interrupt pulse on the high to low edge of nFault. If nFault is asserted
(interrupt) an interrupt will be generated and this bit is written from a 1 to 0.
Bit 3: Read/Write
1
Enables DMA.
0
Disables DMA unconditionally.
-91 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 2: Read/Write
1
Disables DMA and all of the service interrupts.
0
Enables one of the following cases of interrupts. When one of the service interrupts
has occurred, the serviceIntr bit is set to a 1 by hardware. This bit must be reset to
0 to re-enable the interrupts. Writing a 1 to this bit will not cause an interrupt.
(a) dmaEn = 1: During DMA this bit is set to a 1 when terminal count is reached.
(b) dmaEn = 0 direction = 0: This bit is set to 1 whenever there are writeIntr
Threshold or more bytes free in the FIFO.
(c) dmaEn = 0 direction = 1: This bit is set to 1 whenever there are readIntr
Threshold or more valid bytes to be read from the FIFO.
Bit 1: Read only
0
The FIFO has at least 1 free byte.
1
The FIFO cannot accept another byte or the FIFO is completely full.
Bit 0: Read only
0
The FIFO contains at least 1 byte of data.
1
The FIFO is completely empty.
8.3.11
data
ecpAFifo
Bit Map of ECP Port Registers
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
Addr/RLE
Address or RLE field
NOTE
2
dsr
nBusy
nAck
PError
Select
nFault
1
1
1
1
dcr
1
1
Directio
ackIntEn
SelectIn
nInit
autofd
strobe
1
cFifo
Parallel Port Data FIFO
2
ecpDFifo
ECP Data FIFO
2
tFifo
Test FIFO
2
cnfgA
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
cnfgB
compress
intrValue
1
1
1
1
1
1
nErrIntrEn
dmaEn
serviceIntr
full
empty
ecr
MODE
Notes:
1. These registers are available in all modes.
2. All FIFOs use one common 16-byte FIFO.
-92
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.3.12
ECP Pin Descriptions
NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
nStrobe (HostClk)
O
The nStrobe registers data or address into the slave on the asserting
edge during write operations. This signal handshakes with Busy.
PD<7:0>
I/O
These signals contains address or data or RLE data.
nAck (PeriphClk)
I
This signal indicates valid data driven by the peripheral when asserted.
This signal handshakes with nAutoFd in reverse.
Busy (PeriphAck)
I
This signal deasserts to indicate that the peripheral can accept data. It
indicates whether the data lines contain ECP command information or
data in the reverse direction. When in reverse direction, normal data
are transferred when Busy (PeriphAck) is high and an 8-bit command
is transferred when it is low.
PError (nAckReverse)
I
This signal is used to acknowledge a change in the direction of the
transfer (asserted = forward). The peripheral drives this signal low to
acknowledge nReverseRequest. The host relies upon nAckReverse to
determine when it is permitted to drive the data bus.
Select (Xflag)
I
Indicates printer on line.
nAutoFd (HostAck)
O
Requests a byte of data from the peripheral when it is asserted. This
signal indicates whether the data lines contain ECP address or data in
the forward direction. When in forward direction, normal data are
transferred when nAutoFd (HostAck) is high and an 8-bit command is
transferred when it is low.
nFault (nPeriphRequest)
I
Generates an error interrupt when it is asserted. This signal is valid
only in the forward direction. The peripheral is permitted (but not
required) to drive this pin low to request a reverse transfer during ECP
Mode.
nInit (nReverseRequest)
O
This signal sets the transfer direction (asserted = reverse, deasserted
= forward). This pin is driven low to place the channel in the reverse
direction.
nSelectIn (ECPMode)
O
This signal is always deasserted in ECP mode.
8.3.13
ECP Operation
The host must negotiate on the parallel port to determine if the peripheral supports the ECP protocol
before ECP operation. After negotiation, it is necessary to initialize some of the port bits. The
following are required:
(a) Set direction = 0, enabling the drivers.
(b) Set strobe = 0, causing the nStrobe signal to default to the deasserted state.
(c) Set autoFd = 0, causing the nAutoFd signal to default to the deasserted state.
(d) Set mode = 011 (ECP Mode)
ECP address/RLE bytes or data bytes may be sent automatically by writing the ecpAFifo or ecpDFifo,
respectively.
-93 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.3.13.1 Mode Switching
Software will execute P1284 negotiation and all operations prior to a data transfer phase under
programmed I/O control (mode 000 or 001). Hardware provides an automatic control line handshake,
moving data between the FIFO and the ECP port only in the data transfer phase (mode 011 or 010).
If the port is in mode 000 or 001 it may switch to any other mode. If the port is not in mode 000 or 001
it can only be switched into mode 000 or 001. The direction can be changed only in mode 001.
When in extended forward mode, the software should wait for the FIFO to be empty before switching
back to mode 000 or 001. In ECP reverse mode the software waits for all the data to be read from the
FIFO before changing back to mode 000 or 001.
8.3.13.2 Command/Data
ECP mode allows the transfer of normal 8-bit data or 8-bit commands. In the forward direction, normal
data are transferred when HostAck is high and an 8-bit command is transferred when HostAck is low.
The most significant bits of the command indicate whether it is a run-length count (for compression) or
a channel address.
In the reverse direction, normal data are transferred when PeriphAck is high and an 8-bit command is
transferred when PeriphAck is low. The most significant bit of the command is always zero.
8.3.13.3 Data Compression
The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG supports run length encoded (RLE) decompression in hardware and
can transfer compressed data to a peripheral. Note that the odd (RLE) compression in hardware is not
supported. In order to transfer data in ECP mode, the compression count is written to the ecpAFifo
and the data byte is written to the ecpDFifo.
8.3.14
FIFO Operation
The FIFO threshold is set in configuration register 5. All data transfers to or from the parallel port can
proceed in DMA or Programmed I/O (non-DMA) mode, as indicated by the selected mode. The FIFO
is used by selecting the Parallel Port FIFO mode or ECP Parallel Port Mode. After a reset, the FIFO is
disabled.
8.3.15
DMA Transfers
DMA transfers are always to or from the ecpDFifo, tFifo, or CFifo. The DMA uses the standard PC
DMA services. The ECP requests DMA transfers from the host by activating the PDRQ pin. The DMA
will empty or fill the FIFO using the appropriate direction and mode. When the terminal count in the
DMA controller is reached, an interrupt is generated and serviceIntr is asserted, which will disable the
DMA.
8.3.16
Programmed I/O (NON-DMA) Mode
The ECP or parallel port FIFOs can also be operated using interrupt driven programmed I/O.
Programmed I/O transfers are to the ecpDFifo at 400H and ecpAFifo at 000H or from the ecpDFifo
located at 400H, or to/from the tFifo at 400H. The host must set the direction, state, dmaEn = 0 and
serviceIntr = 0 in the programmed I/O transfers.
The ECP requests programmed I/O transfers from the host by activating the IRQ pin. The
programmed I/O will empty or fill the FIFO using the appropriate direction and mode.
-94
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
8.4
Extension FDD Mode (EXTFDD)
In this mode, the W83977F/ AF changes the printer interface pins to FDC input/output pins, allowing
the user to install a second floppy disk drive (FDD B) through the DB-25 printer connector. The pin
assignments for the FDC input/output pins are shown in Table 5-1.
After the printer interface is set to EXTFDD mode, the following occur:
(1) Pins MOB and DSB will be forced to inactive state.
(2) Pins DSKCHG , RDATA , WP , TRAK0 , INDEX will be logically ORed with pins PD4-PD0 to serve
as input signals to the FDC.
(3) Pins PD4-PD0 each will have an internal resistor of about 1K ohm to serve as pull-up resistor for
FDD open drain/collector output.
(4) If the parallel port is set to EXTFDD mode after the system has booted DOS or another operating
system, a warm reset is needed to enable the system to recognize the extension floppy drive.
8.5
Extension 2FDD Mode (EXT2FDD)
In this mode, the W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG changes the printer interface pins to FDC input/output
pins, allowing the user to install two external floppy disk drives through the DB-25 printer connector to
replace internal floppy disk drives A and B. The pin assignments for the FDC input/output pins are
shown in Table5-1.
After the printer interface is set to EXTFDD mode, the following occur:
(1) Pins MOA , DSA , MOB , and DSB will be forced to inactive state.
(2) Pins DSKCHG , RDATA , WP , TRAK0 , and INDEX will be logically ORed with pins PD4-PD0 to
serve as input signals to the FDC.
(3) Pins PD4-PD0 each will have an internal resistor of about 1K ohm to serve as pull-up resistor for
FDD open drain/collector output.
(4) If the parallel port is set to EXT2FDD mode after the system has booted DOS or another operating
system, a warm reset is needed to enable the system to recognize the extension floppy drive.
-95 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
9. REAL-TIME CLOCK (RTC) AND "ON-NOW" CONTROL
The RTC with 242 bytes of RAM is a low-power device that provides a time-of-day clock in various
formats, and a calendar with century register. It has two alarms and three programmable interrupts. It
is also equipped with external battery backup capability for keeping time and saving RAM data under
power-failure situation.
The RTC software is compatible with the MC146818 Clock chip.
The "On-Now" Control enables PC to be powered on by several trigger events, a telephone ring for
example. Also, it allows a safely controlled power-off procedure executed in an orderly fashion.
9.1
REGISTER ADDRESS MAP
Table 9.1.1, table 9.1.2, and table 9.1.3 show the register map of RTC and "On-Now". These
registers are separated into three banks: Bank 0, Bank 1, and Bank 2. Bank 0 contains 10 bytes of
time, calendar, and alarm A data, four bytes of control/status registers, and 114 bytes of general
purpose user RAM.
TABLE 9.1.1 - REAL TIME CLOCK ADDRESS MAP BANK 0
ADDRESS
REGISTER TYPE
REGISTER FUNCTION
00h
R/W
Register 00h : Seconds
01h
R/W
Register 01h : Seconds Alarm A
02h
R/W
Register 02h : Minutes
03h
R/W
Register 03h : Minutes Alarm A
04h
R/W
Register 04h : Hours
05h
R/W
Register 05h : Hours Alarm A
06h
R/W
Register 06h : Day of Week
07h
R/W
Register 07h : Date of Month
08h
R/W
Register 08h: Month
09h
R/W
Register 09h : Year
0Ah
R/W
Register 0Ah : Control Register
0Bh
R/W
Register 0Bh : Control Register (Bit 0 is Read only)
0Ch
R
Register 0Ch : Status Register
0Dh
R
Register 0Dh : Status Register
0Eh-7Fh
R/W
Register 0Eh-7Fh : User RAM
In Bank 1, there are 128 bytes of general purpose user RAM, as shown in table 9.1.2.
-96
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
TABLE 9.1.2 - REAL TIME CLOCK ADDRESS MAP BANK 1
ADDRESS
REGISTER TYPE
00h-7Fh
R/W
REGISTER FUNCTION
Register 0h-7Fh : user RAM
Bank 2 has 13 registers, 1 Century register, 8 Alarm B registers and 4 control/status registers for "OnNow " function.
TABLE 9.1.3 - REAL TIME CLOCK "ON-NOW" ADDRESS MAP BANK 2
ADDRESS
REGISTER TYPE
REGISTER FUNCTION
40h
R/W
Register 40h : Centuries
41h
R/W
Register 41h : Seconds Alarm B
42h
R/W
Register 42h : Minutes Alarm B
43h
R/W
Register 43h : Hours Alarm B
44h
R/W
Register 44h : Day of Week Alarm B
45h
R/W
Register 45h : Date of Month Alarm B
46h
R/W
Register 46h : Month Alarm B
47h
R/W
Register 47h : Year Alarm B
48h
R/W
Register 48h : Century Alarm B
49h
R/W
Register 49h : "On-Now" Control Register 1
4Ah
R/W
Register 4Ah : "On-Now" Control Register 2
4Bh
R
Register 4Bh : "On-Now" Status Register 3
4Ch
R/W
Register 4Ch : "On-Now" Control/Status Register 4
Time, Calendar, Alarm A, and Alarm B data Modes
REGISTER
FUNCTION
LOCATION
RANGE(DATA MODE)
BINARY
BCD
EXAMPLE
BINARY
BCD
Register 00h
Seconds
00h-3Bh
00h-59h
1Eh
30h
Register 01h
Sec. Alarm A
00h-3Bh
00h-59h
1Eh
30h
Register 02h
Minutes
00h-3Bh
00h-59h
1Eh
30h
Register 03h
Min. Alarm A
00h-3Bh
00h-59h
1Eh
30h
Register 04h
Hours
01h-0Ch(AM)
01h-12h(AM)
08h
08h
(12-Hour Mode) 81h-8Ch(PM)
81h-92h(PM)
(24-Hour Mode) 00h-17h
00h-23h
08h
08h
-97 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Time, Calendar, Alarm A, and Alarm B data Modes continued
REGISTER
FUNCTION
RANGE(DATA MODE)
LOCATION
BINARY
BCD
EXAMPLE
BINARY
BCD
08h
08h
01h-0Ch(AM)
01h-12h(AM)
(12-Hour Mode) 81h-8Ch(PM)
81h-92h(PM)
(24-Hour Mode) 00h-17h
00h-23h
08h
08h
Register 06h
Day of Week
01h-07h
01h-07h
02h
02h
Register 07h
Date of Month
01h-1Fh
01h-31h
04h
04h
Register 08h
Month
01h-0Ch
01h-12h
07h
07h
Register 09h
Year
00h-63h
00h-99h
61h
97h
Register 40h
Century
00h-63h
00h-99h
13h
19h
Register 41h
Sec. Alarm B
00h-3Bh
00h-59h
1Eh
30h
Register 42h
Min. Alarm B
00h-3Bh
00h-59h
1Eh
30h
Register 43h
Hours Alarm B
01h-0Ch(AM)
01h-12h(AM)
08h
08h
(12-Hour Mode) 81h-8Ch(PM)
81h-92h(PM)
(24-Hour Mode) 00h-17h
00h-23h
08h
08h
Day of Week
01h-07h
01h-07h
02h
02h
01h-1Fh
01h-31h
04h
04h
Register 46h
Month Alarm B 01h-0Ch
01h-12h
07h
07h
Register 47h
Year Alarm B
00h-63h
00h-99h
61h
97h
Register 48h
Century Alarm
B
00h-63h
00h-99h
13h
19h
Register 05h
Register 44h
Hours Alarm A
Alarm B
Register 45h
Date of Month
Alarm B
9.2
Update Cycle
The RTC executes an update cycle once per second. It is in an update cycle when RTC updates the
contents of the clock and calendar registers. In the meantime, RTC also compares each alarm byte
with corresponding timer byte and generates an alarm flag if a match or a don't care condition (0C0h)
is present in the alarm register.
The update-in-progress bit (UIP) in register A pulses high once per second. The update cycle occurs
244μS after the UIP bit goes high. This bit is cleared and the update-ended flag (UF) is set in the end
of an update cycle.
UPDATE CYCLE TIME TABLE
UIP BIT
UPDATE CYCLE TIME (TUC)
BEFORE UPDATE CYCLE TIME (TBUC MIN)
1
1984μS
-
0
-
244μS
-98
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Update Period and UIP Timing
Update Period(1 Second)
tBUC
9.3
tUC
REGISTERS
The RTC has four control/status registers. They are accessible at all times.
9.3.1
Register 0Ah
• All bits are unaffected by RESET.
• Register A is a read/write register except bit 7 (UIP is read only).
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
UIP
DV2
DV1
DV0
RS3
RS2
RS1
RS0
UIP : (read only)
When UIP is 1, an update cycle is in progress. The UIP is cleared in the end of an update cycle and
when the SET bit in register B is 1.
DV[2:0] : Divider Control
These three bits are used to control divider and 32KHz oscillator.
TIME-BASE
FREQUENCY
DV2
DV1
DV0
OPERATION MODE
DIVIDER RESET
32.768KHZ
0
0
X
NO
-
32.768KHZ
0
1
0
YES
-
32.768KHZ
0
1
1
NO
-
32.768KHZ
1
0
X
NO
-
32.768KHZ
1
1
X
NO
YES
RS[3:0] : Periodic Interrupt Rate
-99 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
PERIODIC INTERRUPT RATE TABLE
RS[3:0]
9.3.2
TIME BASE
0
0
0
0
None
0
0
0
1
3.90625mS / 256Hz
0
0
1
0
7.8125mS / 128Hz
0
0
1
1
122.070μS / 8.192KHz
0
1
0
0
244.141μS / 4.096KHz
0
1
0
1
488.281μS / 2.048KHz
0
1
1
0
976.562μS / 1.024KHz
0
1
1
1
1.953125mS / 512Hz
1
0
0
0
3.90625mS / 256Hz
1
0
0
1
7.8125mS / 128Hz
1
0
1
0
15.625ms / 64Hz
1
0
1
1
31.25ms / 32Hz
1
1
0
0
62.5ms / 16Hz
1
1
0
1
125ms / 8Hz
1
1
1
0
250ms / 4Hz
1
1
1
1
500ms / 2Hz
Register 0Bh (Read/Write)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
SET
PE
AE
UE
Reserved
DM
12/24
DSE
SET
When the SET bit is set, any occurring update cycle is aborted and registers (Register 00h~09h,
Register (40h~48h) may be modified without entering an update cycle. When this bit is cleared, the
update cycle function occurs once per second. This bit is not affected by any other internal functions
or by a RESET.
PE
A "1" on the periodic interrupt enable bit enables the periodic interrupt flag (PF) bit in Register 0Ch to
assert an interrupt.
A "0" on this bit blocks the IRQ output from being driven by a periodic interrupt. This bit can not be
modified by any internal function, but it may be cleared by a RESET.
AE
A "1" on the enable bit of alarm A enables the alarm A flag (AF) bit in Register 0Ch to assert an
interrupt.
A "0" on this bit prohibits alarm A interrupt. The RESET signal clears AE to "0". This bit can not be
modified by any internal function.
-100
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
UE
A "1" on this bit enables the update-ended flag (UF) bit in register C to assert an interrupt.
A "0" on this bit prohibits update-ended interrupt. The UE bit is cleared by setting the SET bit or by a
RESET.
DM
The data mode bit determines whether time and calendar updates are in binary format or in binarycoded-decimal (BCD) format.
A "1" on this bit means binary format.
A "0" on this bit means BCD format. This bit can not be modified by a RESET or any internal function.
24/12
A "1" on this bit selects 24-hour mode for the time-of-day function.
A "0" on this bit selects 12-hour mode. This bit can not be modified by a RESET or any internal
function.
DSE
A "1" on this bit allows two special updates:
• On the last Sunday of April, the time increments from 1:59:59 AM to 3:00:00 AM.
• On the last Sunday of October, the time decrements from 1:59:59 AM to 1:00:00 AM.
A "0" on this bit disables these special updates. DSE can not be changed by any internal operation or
a RESET.
(Note: RTC IRQ is ultimately controlled by Logical Device 4-CR70 and Logical Device 4-CR71. These two registers must be
set properly if RTC IRQ is needed)
9.3.3
Register 0Ch (Read only)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
IRQF
PF
AF
UF
0
0
0
0
IRQF
The interrupt request flag is set to a "1" if one or more of following cases are true:
PF*PE = "1"
AF*AE = "1"
UF*UE = "1"
(i.e., IRQF = PF*PE + AF*AE + UF*UE)
Any time the IRQF bit is a "1", the IRQ is asserted (provided LD4-CR70 and LD4-CR71 are set
properly). All flags are cleared by reading the register or by a RESET.
PF
The periodic interrupt flag is set to "1" when a rising edge is detected on the selected tap of the divider
chain(RS[3:0] of register A). PF is set to a "1" regardless of the state of PE bit. This bit is cleared by a
RESET or when this register is read.
AF
A "1" on this bit indicates that the current time has reached the alarm time setting (alarm A). A
RESET or a read of this register clears this bit.
-101 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
UF
The update-ended interrupt flag bit is set after the end of each update cycle. This bit is cleared by a
RESET or when this bit is read.
Bit 3 - Bit 0
These bits are reserved and all read "0".
9.3.4
Register D (Read only)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
VRT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
VRT
The valid RAM and time bit. A "0" appears on this bit when the external battery is removed or at lowvoltage during power-failure situation, indicating the data integrity of the real time clock, "On-Now "
logic, and storage registers is not guaranteed. This bit can only be set by reading this register, and is
not affected by a RESET.
9.4
"On-Now" Control
The "On-Now" Control function is built in RTC. It enables the PC to be powered on automatically
from triggers of various events, and to be powered off in an orderly controlled fashion.
The "On-Now" works at all times even when the system power is switch-off or disconnected. It
detects several external events to control system power supply On/Off properly (e.g. telephone ring,
panel switch-off). It also controls the signal ( PSCTRL ) to turn the power supply on or off.
9.5
Power-On Events
The "On-Now" Control turns on power supply when one of the following events occurs:
• Panel Switch "turned on"
• Telephone is ringing
• Ring-In detection signal comes from a modem
• Keyboard/Mouse is stroked/moved
• Power-wake-up input goes from high to low.
• PSCTRL active when power returns after a power-failure occurs.
(Note: Panel-Switch has a debounce circuit which is clocked by RTC 32.768KHz oscillator.
function properly if this oscillator fails to work and PC can not be powered-on consequently)
9.6
The "On-Now" control will not
Power-Off Events
• Panel Switch "turned off"
• Power-off under software control
• Power-failure event
• Override Power off: Panel switch is pushed for at least 4 seconds, then the system will be forced
to turn off immediately
-102
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
9.7
Registers
9.7.1
On-Now”” Register 1 (Bank2 Register 49h)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
PF
CLPOST
SPOFC
DPSCA
CLRSMI
SMIMD
PHRIDM
DPODTM
PF (Power Failure)
The PF is set when a power-failure occurs. This bit is cleared by writing a "1" to it.
CLPOST (Clear Panel-switch-off-Save Timer)
This bit is self-cleared after writing an "1" to it. If it is set, Panel-switch-off-Save timer is stopped and
cleared.
SPOFC (Software Power-Off Command)
This bit is self-cleared after writing an "1" to it. If it is set, the PSCTRL goes inactive immediately.
DPSCA (Disable Power Supply Control Activation)
This bit is set as long as PF is set. When set, it disables all PSCTRL activation events except PanelSwitch- On event.
CLSMI (Clear SMI )
This bit is self-cleared after writing an "1" to it. If it is set, SMI is cleared to its inactive state. This bit
is used to clear SMI when SMIMD is set.
SMIMD ( SMI Mode)
If it is set, SMI is level-sensitive. Once SMI goes active, it keeps active until CLSMI is set.
Writing a "0" to this bit sets SMI to be edge-triggered.
PHRIDM ( PHRI Detection Mode)
A "1" on this bit sets PHRI detection mode to be on falling edge.
A "0" on this bit sets PHRI detection mode to be on a pulse train of frequency greater than 11Hz and
lasts for 0.2 second.
DPODTM (Disable Power Off Delay Timer )
If set, Panel Switch Power-Off Delay Timer is stopped.
If reset, Panel Switch Power-Off Delay Timer counts down continuously.
-103 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
9.7.2
On-Now_ Register 2 (Bank2 Register 4Ah)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
MCLKE
KCLKE
RIBE
RIAE
PHRIE
PWAKI2E
PWAKI1E
ALARMBE
MCLKE (Mouse Clock Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on MCLK asserts PSCTRL .
KCLKE (Keyboard Clock Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on KCLK asserts PSCTRL .
RIBE (RI B Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on RIB asserts PSCTRL .
RIAE (RI A Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on RIA asserts PSCTRL .
PHRIE (PHRI Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on PHRI asserts PSCTRL .
PWAKI2E (Power Wake-up Input 2 Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on PWAKIN2 asserts PSCTRL .
PWAKI1E (Power Wake-up Input 1 Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, a falling edge transition on PWAKIN1 asserts PSCTRL .
ALARMBE (Alarm B Enable)
Logical 1 on this bit, the alarm B reaches its predetermined time asserts PSCTRL .
-104
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
9.7.3
"On-Now" Register 3 (Bank2 Register 4Bh)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
PHRIST
Reserved
PSPOFD
PSPOFTD
RIBD
RIAD
PHRID
ALMBD
This register is read only except bit 5.
PHRIST ( PHRI Status)
This bit holds the current value of PHRI .
PSPOFD (Panel Switch Power-Off Detect)
Logical 1 on this bit, a Panel-Switch-Off event is detected.
Logical 0 on this bit, there is no Panel-Switch-Off event.
PSOFTD (Panel Switch Power-Off Delay Timer Detect)
This bit is set when Panel Switch Power-Off Delay Timer reaches its terminal count. This bit is
cleared by reading this register.
RIBD (RI B Detect)
A falling edge transition on RIB asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
RIAD (RI A Detect)
A falling edge transition on RIA asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
PHRID (PHRI Detect)
A falling edge transition on PHRI asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
ALMBD (Alarm B Detect)
Logical 1 on this bit, the alarm B when reaching its preset time asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by
reading this register.
-105 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
9.7.4
BIT
NAME
"On-Now" Register 4 (Bank2 Register 4Ch)
7
6
PSOFDS1 PSOFDS0
5
4
3
2
1
0
INVSMI
Reserved
MCLKD
KCLKD
PWAKI2D
PWAKI1D
This register is read only except bits 5, 6 and 7.
PSOFDS1, PSOFDS0
These two bits decide the delay time between panel switch power off event and power supply off.
00 : 0 second.
01 : 5 seconds.
10 : 13 seconds.
11 : 21 seconds.
INVSMI
Logical 1 on this bit, nSMI is active low and goes high-Z when dis-asserted.
Logical 0 on this bit, nSMI is active high and goes high-Z when dis-asserted.
MCLKD (MCLK Detect)
A falling edge transition on MCLK asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
KCLKD (KCLK Detect)
A falling edge transition on KCLK asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
PWAKI2D (PWAKIN2 Detect)
A falling edge transition on PWAKIN2 asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
PWAKI1D (PWAKIN1 Detect)
A falling edge transition on PWAKIN1 asserts this bit. This bit is cleared by reading this register.
-106
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
10. KEYBOARD CONTROLLER
The KBC (8042 with licensed KB BIOS) circuit of W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG is designed to provide
the functions needed to interface a CPU with a keyboard and/or a PS/2 mouse, and can be used with
IBM®-compatible personal computers or PS/2-based systems. The controller receives serial data
from the keyboard or PS/2 mouse, checks the parity of the data, and presents the data to the system
as a byte of data in its output buffer. Then, the controller will assert an interrupt to the system when
data are placed in its output buffer. The keyboard and PS/2 mouse are required to acknowledge all
data transmissions. No transmission should be sent to the keyboard or PS/2 mouse until an
acknowledge is received for the previous data byte.
KINH
P17
8042
P24
KIRQ
P25
MIRQ
P21
GATEA20
P20
KBRST
P27
KDAT
P10
P26
KCLK
T0
GP I/O PINS
Multiplex I/O PINS
P12~P16
P23
MCLK
T1
P22
MDAT
P11
Keyboard and Mouse Interface
-107 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
10.1 Output Buffer
The output buffer is an 8-bit read-only register at I/O address 60H (Default, PnP programmable I/O
address LD5-CR60 and LD5-CR61). The keyboard controller uses the output buffer to send the scan
code received from the keyboard and data bytes required by commands to the system. The output
buffer can only be read when the output buffer full bit in the register is "1".
10.2 Input Buffer
The input buffer is an 8-bit write-only register at I/O address 60H or 64H (Default, PnP programmable
I/O address LD5-CR60, LD5-CR61, LD5-CR62, and LD5-CR63). Writing to address 60H sets a flag
to indicate a data write; writing to address 64H sets a flag to indicate a command write. Data written
to I/O address 60H is sent to keyboard (unless the keyboard controller is expecting a data byte)
through the controller's input buffer only if the input buffer full bit in the status register is _0_.
10.3 Status Register
The status register is an 8-bit read-only register at I/O address 64H (Default, PnP programmable I/O
address LD5-CR62 and LD5-CR63), that holds information about the status of the keyboard controller
and interface. It may be read at any time.
BIT
BIT FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
0
Output Buffer Full
0: Output buffer empty
1: Output buffer full
0: Input buffer empty
1: Input buffer full
This bit may be set to 0 or 1 by writing to the system flag
bit in the command byte of the keyboard controller. It
defaults to 0 after a power-on reset.
1
Input Buffer Full
2
System Flag
3
Command/Data
0: Data byte
1: Command byte
4
Inhibit Switch
0: Keyboard is inhibited
1: Keyboard is not inhibited
5
Auxiliary Device Output
Buffer
0: Auxiliary device output buffer empty
1: Auxiliary device output buffer full
6
General Purpose Timeout
0: No time-out error
1: Time-out error
7
Parity Error
0: Odd parity
1: Even parity (error)
-108
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
10.4 Commands
COMMAND
FUNCTION
20h
Read Command Byte of Keyboard Controller
60h
Write Command Byte of Keyboard Controller
BIT
A4h
BIT DEFINITION
7
Reserved
6
IBM Keyboard Translate Mode
5
Disable Auxiliary Device
4
Disable Keyboard
3
Reserve
2
System Flag
1
Enable Auxiliary Interrupt
0
Enable Keyboard Interrupt
Test Password
Returns 0Fah if Password is loaded
Returns 0F1h if Password is not loaded
A5h
Load Password
Load Password until a "0" is received from the system
A6h
Enable Password
Enable the checking of keystrokes for a match with the password
A7h
Disable Auxiliary Device Interface
A8h
Enable Auxiliary Device Interface
A9h
Interface Test
BIT
AAh
BIT DEFINITION
00
No Error Detected
01
Auxiliary Device "Clock" line is stuck low
02
Auxiliary Device "Clock" line is stuck high
03
Auxiliary Device "Data" line is stuck low
04
Auxiliary Device "Data" line is stuck low
Self-test
Returns 055h if self test succeeds
-109 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Commands, continued
COMMAND
ABh
FUNCTION
Interface Test
BIT DEFINITION
BIT
00
No Error Detected
01
Keyboard "Clock" line is stuck low
02
Keyboard "Clock" line is stuck high
03
Keyboard "Data" line is stuck low
04
Keyboard "Data" line is stuck high
ADh
Disable Keyboard Interface
AEh
Enable Keyboard Interface
C0h
Read Input Port(P1) and send data to the system
C1h
Continuously puts the lower four bits of Port1 into STATUS register
C2h
Continuously puts the upper four bits of Port1 into STATUS register
D0h
Send Port2 value to the system
D1h
Only set/reset GateA20 line based on the system data bit 1
D2h
Send data back to the system as if it came from Keyboard
D3h
Send data back to the system as if it came from Auxiliary Device
D4h
Output next received byte of data from system to Auxiliary Device
E0h
Reports the status of the test inputs
FXh
Pulse only RC(the reset line) low for 6μS if Command byte is even
10.5 HARDWARE GATEA20/KEYBOARD RESET CONTROL LOGIC
The KBC implements a hardware control logic to speed-up GATEA20 and KBRESET. This control
logic is controlled by LD5-CRF0 as follows:
10.5.1
KB Control Register (Logic Device 5, CR-F0)
BIT
7
NAME
KCLKS1
6
5
4
3
KCLKS0 Reserved Reserved Reserved
KCLKS1, KCLKS0
This 2 bits are for the KBC clock rate selection.
=00
KBC clock input is 6 Mhz
=01
KBC clock input is 8 Mhz
=10
KBC clock input is 12 Mhz
=11
KBC clock input is 16 Mhz
P92EN (Port 92 Enable)
A "1" on this bit enables Port 92 to control GATEA20 and KBRESET.
A "0" on this bit disables Port 92 functions.
-110
2
1
0
P92EN
HGA20
HKBRST
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
HGA20 (Hardware GATE A20)
A "1" on this bit selects hardware GATEA20 control logic to control GATE A20 signal.
A "0" on this bit disables hardware GATEA20 control logic function.
HKBRST (Hardware Keyboard Reset)
A "1" on this bit selects hardware KB RESET control logic to control KBRESET signal.
A "0" on this bit disables hardware KB RESET control logic function.
When the KBC receives data that follows a "D1" command, the hardware control logic sets or clears
GATE A20 according to the received data bit 1. Similarly, the hardware control logic sets or clears
KBRESET depending on the received data bit 0. When the KBC receives a "FE" command, the
KBRESET is pulse low for 6μS(Min.) with 14μS(Min.) delay.
GATEA20 and KBRESET are controlled by either the software control or the hardware control logic
and they are mutually exclusive. Then, GATEA20 and KBRESET are merged along with Port92 when
P92EN bit is set.
10.5.2
Port 92 Control Register (Default Value = 0x24)
BIT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
NAME
Res. (0)
Res. (0)
Res. (1)
Res. (0)
Res. (0)
Res. (1)
SGA20
PLKBRST
SGA20 (Special GATE A20 Control)
A "1" on this bit drives GATE A20 signal to high.
A "0" on this bit drives GATE A20 signal to low.
PLKBRST (Pull-Low KBRESET)
A "1" on this bit causes KBRESET to drive low for 6μS(Min.) with 14μS(Min.) delay. Before issuing
another keyboard reset command, the bit must be cleared.
-111 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
11. GENERAL PURPOSE I/O
W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provides 14 Input/Output ports that can be individually configured to
perform a simple basic I/O function or a pre-defined alternate function. Those 14 GP I/O ports are
divided into two groups, the first group contains 8 ports, and the other group contains only 6 ports.
Each port in the first group corresponds to a configuration register in logical device 7. Each port in the
second group corresponds to a configuration register in logical device 8. Users can select those I/O
ports functions by independently programming the configuration registers. Figure 8.1 and 8.2
respectively show the GP I/O port's structure of logical device 7 and device 8. Right after Power-on
reset, those ports perform basic I/O functions.
Figure 11.1
-112
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Figure 11.2
11.1 Basic I/O functions
The Basic I/O functions of W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provide several I/O operations including
driving a logic value to output port, latching a logic value from input port, inverting the input/output
logic value, and steering Common Interrupt (only available in the second group of the GP I/O port).
Common Interrupt is the ORed function of all interrupt channels in the second group of the GP I/O
ports, and it also connects to a 1ms debounce filter which can reject a noise of 1 ms pulse width or
less. There are two 8-bit registers, GP1 and GP2, which are directly connected to both groups of GP
I/O ports. Each GP I/O port is represented as a bit in one of two 8-bit registers. Only 6 bits of GP2
are implemented. Table 11.1.1 shows their combinations of Basic I/O functions, and Table 11.1.2
shows the register bit assignments of GP1 and GP2.
-113 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Table 11.1.1
BASIC I/O OPERATIONS
I/O BIT
ENABLE INT BIT
POLARITY BIT
0 = OUTPUT
0 = DISABLE
0 = NON INVERT
1 = INPUT
1 = ENABLE
1 = INVERT
0
0
0
Basic non-inverting output
0
0
1
Basic inverting output
0
1
0
Non-inverted output bit value of GP2
drive to Common Interrupt
0
1
1
Inverted output bit value of GP2 drive
to Common Interrupt
1
0
0
Basic non-inverting input
1
0
1
Basic inverting input
1
1
0
Non-inverted input drive to Common
Interrupt
1
1
1
Inverted input drive to Common
Interrupt
Table 11.1.2
GP I/O PORT ACCESSED REGISTER
REGISTER BIT ASSIGNMENT
GP I/O PORT
BIT 0
GP10
BIT 1
GP11
BIT 2
GP12
BIT 3
GP13
BIT 4
GP14
BIT 5
GP15
BIT 6
GP16
BIT 7
GP17
BIT 0
GP20
BIT 1
GP21
BIT 2
GP22
BIT 3
GP23
BIT 4
GP24
BIT 5
GP25
GP1
GP2
-114
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
11.2 Alternate I/O Functions
W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provides several alternate functions which are scattered among the GP
I/O ports. Table 11.2.1 shows their assignments. Polarity bit can also be set to alter their polarity of
alternate functions.
Table 11.2.1
GP I/O PORT
11.2.1
ALTERNATE FUNCTION
GP10
Interrupt Steering
GP11
Interrupt Steering
GP12
Watching Dog Timer Output/IRRX input
GP13
Power LED output/ IRTX output [W83977AF only]
GP14
General Purpose Address Decoder/ Keyboard Inhibit(P17)
GP15
General Purpose Write Strobe/ 8042 P12
GP16
Watching Dog Timer Output
GP17
Power LED output
GP20
Keyboard Reset (8042 P20)
GP21
8042 P13
GP22
8042 P14
GP23
8042 P15
GP24
8042 P16
GP25
GATE A20 (8042 P21)
Interrupt Steering
GP10 and GP11 can be programmed to map their own interrupt channels. The selection of IRQ
channel can be done in configure registers CR70 and CR72 of logical device 7. Each interrupt
channel also has its own 1 ms debounce filter that is used to reject any noise which is equal to or less
than 1 ms wide.
11.2.2
Watch Dog Timer Output
Watch Dog Timer contains a one minutes resolution down counter, CRF2 of Logical Device 8, and two
watch Dog control registers, WDT_CTRL0 and WDT_CTRL1 of Logical Device 8. The down counter
can be programmed within the range from 1 to 255 minutes. Writing any new non-zero value to CRF2
or reset signal coming from a Mouse interrupt or Keyboard interrupt (CRF2 also contains non-zero
value) will cause the Watch Dog Timer to reload and start to count down from the new value. As the
counter reaches zero, (1) Watch Dog Timer time-out occurs and the bit 0 of WDT_CTRL1 will be set
to logic 1; (2) Watch Dog interrupt output is asserted if the interrupt is enable in CR72 of logical device
8; and (3) Power LED starts to toggle output if the bit 3 of WDT_CTRL0 is enabled. WDT_CTRL1
also can be accessed through GP2 I/O base address + 1.
-115 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
11.2.3
Power LED
The Power LED function provides 1 Hertz rate toggle pulse output with 50 percent duty cycle. Table
11.2.2 shows how to enable Power LED.
Table 11.2.2
WDT_CTRL1 BIT[1]
WDT_CTRL0 BIT[3]
WDT_CTRL1 BIT[0]
POWER LED STATE
1
X
X
1 Hertz Toggle pulse
0
0
X
Continuous high or low *
0
1
0
Continuous high or low *
0
1
1
1 Hertz Toggle pulse
* Note: Continuous high or low depends on the polarity bit of GP13 or GP17 configure registers.
11.2.4
General Purpose Address Decoder
General Purpose Address Decoder provides two address decode as AEN equal to logic 0. The
address base is stored at CR62, CR63 of logical device 7. The decode output is normally active low.
Users can alter its polarity through the polarity bit of the GP14's configuration register.
11.2.5
General Purpose Write Strobe
General Purpose Write Strobe is an address decoder that performs like General Purpose Address
Decoder, but it has to be qualified by IOW and AEN. Its output is normally active low. Users can
alter its polarity through the polarity bit of the GP15's configuration register.
-116
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
12. PLUG AND PLAY CONFIGURATION
The W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG provides many configuration registers for setting up different types
of configurations. There are two approaches to entering the configuration state and accessing these
configuration registers, Comply PnP and Compatible PnP. The Comply PnP protocol is based on the
Plug and Play ISA Specification. The Compatible PnP protocol is similar to previous Winbond I/O's
protocol. The Power-On-Setting upon the Pin 51 ( DTRB ) decides the method of entering the
configuration mode. In W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG, there are nine Logical Devices (from Logical
Device 0 to Logical Device 8) which correspond to nine individual functions: FDC, PRT, UART1,
UART2, RTC, KBC, IR, GPIO1, GPIO2 in listed order. Each Logical Device has its own configuration
registers (above CR30). Host can access those registers only after entering configuration mode.
12.1 Comply PnP
The protocol of Comply PnP is 100% compatible with the Plug and Play ISA Specification. W83977F/
G, W83977AF provide built-in Plug and Play state machine to control the configuration flow. The state
machine supports four states: Wait for Key state, Sleep state, Isolation state, and Configure State.
According to Plug and Play ISA Specification, users can transit the four states by accessing the
configuration registers, CR00 - CR07.
12.1.1
Wait for Key State
All cards enter this state after power-up reset or in response to the Reset and Wait for Key
commands. No command is active in this state until the initiation key is detected on the ISA bus. The
initiation key is a sequence of 32 hexadecimal number which will be shifted into LFSR (linear
feedback shift register) built in W83977F/G, W83977AF/AG. The Wait for Key state is the default
state for Plug and Play cards during normal system operation. After configuration and activation,
software should return all cards to this state.
-117 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
12.1.2
Sleep State
In this state, Plug and Play wait for a Wake[CSN] command. This command will selectively enable
one or more cards to enter either the Isolation or Configure states based on the write data and the
value of the CSN on each card. If the write data for the Wake[CSN] command is zero then all cards
that have not been assigned a CSN will enter the Isolation state. If the write data for the Wake[CSN]
command is not zero then the one card whose assigned CSN matches the parameter of the
Wake[CSN] command will enter the Configure state.
12.1.3
Isolation State
In this state, Plug and Play cards respond to reads of the Serial Isolation registers according to
Isolation protocol. An unique CSN is assigned after the card is isolated
12.1.4
Configure State
A card in the Configure state responds to all configuration commands including reading the card's
resource configure information and programming the card's resource selections. Only one card may
be in this state at a time.
12.2 Compatible PnP
12.2.1
Extended Function Registers
In Compatible PnP, there are two ways to enter Extended Function mode (which is same as Configure
State in Comply PnP) and read or write the configuration registers. HEFRAS (CR26 bit 6) can be
used to select one out of these two methods of entering the Extended Function mode as follows:
HEFRAS
ADDRESS AND VALUE
0
write 87h to the location 3F0h twice
1
write 87h to the location 370h twice
After Power-on reset, the value on RTSA (pin 43) is latched by HEFRAS of CR26. In Compatible
PnP, a specific value (87h) must be written twice to the Extended Functions Enable Register (I/O port
address 3F0h or 370h). Secondly, an index value (02h, 07h-FEh) must be written to the Extended
Functions Index Register (I/O port address 3F0h or 370h same as Extended Functions Enable
Register) to identify which configuration register is to be accessed. The designer can then access the
desired configuration register through the Extended Functions Data Register (I/O port address 3F1h
or 371h).
After programming of the configuration register is finished, an additional value(AAh) should be written
to EFERs to exit the Extended Function mode to prevent unintentional access to those configuration
registers. The designer can also set bit 5 of CR26 (LOCKREG) to high to protect the configuration
registers against accidental accesses.
The configuration registers can be reset to their default or hardware settings only by a cold reset (pin
MR = 1). A warm reset will not affect the configuration registers.
-118
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
12.2.2
Extended Functions Enable Registers (EFERs)
After a power-on reset, the W83977F/ AF enters the default operating mode. Before the W83977F/
AF enters the extended function mode, a specific value must be programmed into the Extended
Function Enable Register (EFER) so that the extended function register can be accessed. The
Extended Function Enable Registers are write-only registers. On a PC/AT system, their port
addresses are 3F0h or 370h (as described in previous section).
12.2.3
Extended Function Index Registers (EFIRs), Extended Function Data Registers
(EFDRs)
After the extended function mode is entered, the Extended Function Index Register (EFIR) must be
loaded with an index value (02h, 07h-FEh) to access Configuration Register 0 (CR0), Configuration
Register 7 (CR07) to Configuration Register FE (CRFE), and so forth through the Extended Function
Data Register (EFDR). The EFIRs are write-only registers with port address 3F0h or 370h (as
described in section 12.2.1) on PC/AT systems; the EFDRs are read/write registers with port address
3F1h or 371h (as described in section 9.2.1) on PC/AT systems.
-119 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13. CONFIGURATION REGISTER
13.1 Chip (Global) Control Register
CR00 (only available in comply PnP mode)
Bit 7-0 : IORDPRA9 - IORDPRA2 --> Set RD_DATA Port A9-A2
CR01 (only available in comply PnP mode)
Bit7-0 : SISO 7-0 --> Serial Isolation
CR02 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-3 : Reserved.
Bit 2: RSTCSN --> Reset CSN to 0. Only available in comply PnP mode.
Bit 1: RTUWAIT -- > Return to Wait for Key state. Only available in comply PnP mode.
Bit 0 : SWRST --> Soft Reset.
CR03 (only available in comply PnP mode)
Bit 7-0 : WAKCSN7 - WAKCSN0 --> Wake CSN
CR04 (only available in comply PnP mode)
Bit 7-0 : RSODAT7 - RSODAT 0 --> Resource Data
CR05 (only available in comply PnP mode)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved
Bit 0 : RSOSTAT -- > resource status bit
CR06 (only available in comply PnP mode)
Bit 7-0 : CSN7 -CSN0 --> Card Select Number 7 - 0
CR07
Bit 7-0 : LDNB7 - LDNB0 --> Logical Device Number Bit 7 - 0
CR20
Bit 7-0 : DEVIDB7 - DEBIDB0 -- > Device ID Bit 7 - Bit 0 = 0x97 (read only).
CR21
Bit 7-0 : DEVREVB7 - DEBREVB0 -- > Device Rev Bit 7 - Bit 0 = 0x71 (read only).
CR22 (Default 0xff)
Bit 7-6 : Reserved.
Bit 5 : URBPWD
= 0 Power down
= 1 No Power down
Bit 4 : URAPWD
= 0 Power down
= 1 No Power down
Bit 3 : PRTPWD
= 0 Power down
= 1 No Power down
Bit 2 : IRPWD
= 0 Power down
= 1 No Power down
Bit 1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 : FDCPWD
-120
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
= 0 Power down
= 1 No Power down
CR23 (Default 0x00)
Bit7-6 : Reserved
Bit 5-3 : APDTMS2 APDTMS1 APDTMS0
= 000 4 seconds count-down time of the APD mode.
= 001 8 seconds count-down time of the APD mode.
= 010 16 seconds count-down time of the APD mode.
= 011 32 seconds count-down time of the APD mode.
= 100 1 minute count-down time of the APD mode.
= 101 2 minutes count-down time of the APD mode.
= 110 4 minutes count-down time of the APD mode.
= 111 16 minutes count-down time of the APD mode.
Bit 2-0 : OSCS2, OSCS1, OSCS0.
= 000 Default power-on state after power on reset.
= 1xx Stop Clock supply to whole chip, but PLL circuit still in operation.
= 001 Stop Clock supply to whole chip and PLL circuit.
= 010 Standby for automatic power-down(APD).
= 011 Automatic power-down(APD) has been happened.
CR24 (Default 0b1ss00sss)
Bit 7 : EN16SA
= 0 12 bit Address Qualification
= 1 16 bit Address Qualification
Bit 6-5 : CLKSEL, ENPLL
= 00 The clock input on Pin 1 should be 14.31818 Mhz.
= 01 The clock input on Pin 1 should be 24 Mhz.
= 11 The clock input on Pin 1 should be 48 Mhz.
Bit 4 : RWPNPREG
= 0 Disable read/write PnP mode config registers by using the method of non-PnP mode
= 1 Enable read/write PnP mode config registers by using the method of non-PnP mode
Bit 3 : Reserved
Bit 2 : ENKBRTC
= 0 KBC and RTC are disabled after hardware reset.
= 1 KBC and RTC are active after hardware reset.
This bit is read only, and set/reset by hardware setting.
Bit 1 : ENPNP
= 0 Disable Comply PnP
= 1 Enable Comply PnP
Bit 0 : PNPCSV
= 0 The Compatible and Comply PnP has default value
= 1 The Compatible and Comply PnP has no default value
CR25 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-6 : Reserved
-121 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 5 : URBTRI
Bit 4 : URATRI
Bit 3 : PRTTRI
Bit 2 : IRTRI [W83977AF only]
Bit 1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 : FDCTRI.
CR26 (Default 0b0s000000)
Bit 7 : SEL4FDD
= 0 Select two FDD mode.
= 1 Select four FDD mode.
Bit 6 : HEFRAS
These two bits define how to enable Configuration mode.
HEFRAS Address and Value
= 0 Write 87h to the location 3F0h twice.
= 1 Write 87h to the location 370h twice.
Bit 5 : LOCKREG
= 0 Enable R/W Configuration Registers.
= 1 Disable R/W Configuration Registers.
Bit 4 : DSIRLGRQ [W83977AF only]
= 0 Enable IR legacy mode on IRQ and DRQ selection, then MCR register bit 3 is effective
in selecting IRQ and DRQ.
= 1 Disable IR legacy mode on IRQ and DRQ selection, then MCR register bit 3 is not
effective in selecting IRQ and DRQ.
Bit 3 : DSFDLGRQ
= 0 Enable FDC legacy mode on IRQ and DRQ selection, then DO register bit 3 is effective
in selecting IRQ
= 1 Disable FDC legacy mode on IRQ and DRQ selection, then DO register bit 3 is not
effective in selecting IRQ
Bit 2 : DSPRLGRQ
= 0 Enable PRT legacy mode on IRQ and DRQ selection, then DCR bit 4 is effective on
selecting IRQ
= 1 Disable PRT legacy mode on IRQ and DRQ selection, then DCR bit 4 is not effective
on selecting IRQ
Bit 1 : DSUALGRQ
= 0 Enable UART A legacy mode IRQ selecting, then MCR bit 3 is effective on selecting
IRQ
= 1 Disable UART A legacy mode IRQ selecting, then MCR bit 3 is not effective on
selecting IRQ
Bit 0 : DSUBLGRQ
= 0 Enable UART B legacy mode IRQ selecting, then MCR bit 3 is effective on selecting
IRQ
= 1 Disable UART B legacy mode IRQ selecting, then MCR bit 3 is not effective on
selecting IRQ
CR28 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-5: Reserved.
Bit 4 : IRQ Sharing selection.
-122
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
=0
Disable IRQ Sharing
=1
Enable IRQ Sharing
Bit 3 :Reserved
Bit 2-0 : PRTMODS2 - PRTMODS0
= 0xx Parallel Port Mode
= 100 Reserved
= 101 External FDC Mode
= 110 Reserved
= 111 External two FDC Mode
CR29 [W83977AF only]
Bit 7-0 : CPSIDB7 - CPSIDB0 --> Comply PnP Serial ID Bit 7 - Bit 0.
CR2A (Default 0x00)
Bit 7 : PIN57S
= 0 KBRST
= 1 GP12
Bit 6 : PIN56S
= 0 GA20
= 1 GP11
Bit 5-4 : PIN40S1, PIN40S0
= 00 CIRRX [W83977AF only]
= 01 GP24
= 10 8042 P13
= 11 Reserved
Bit 3-2 : PIN39S1, PIN39S0
= 00 IRRXH [W83977AF only]
= 01 IRSL0 [W83977AF only]
= 10 GP25
= 11 CTSC [W83977AF only]
Bit 1-0 : PIN3S1, PIN3S0
= 00 DRVDEN1
= 01 GP10
= 10 8042 P12
= 11 nDSRC
CR2B (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-6 : PIN73S1, PIN73S0
= 00 PANSW
= 01 GP23
= 10 Reserved
= 11 DCDC [W83977AF only]
Bit 5 : PIN72S
=0
=1
PSCTRL
GP22
-123 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 4-3 : PIN70S1, PIN70S0
= 00 SMI
= 01 GP21
= 10 8042 P16
= 11 RIC [W83977AF only]
Bit 2-1 : PIN69S1, PIN69S0
= 00 PHRI
= 01 GP20
= 10 Reserved
= 11 Reserved
Bit 0 : PIN58S
= 0 KBLOCK
= 1 GP13
CR2C (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-6 : PIN121S1, PIN121S0
= 00 DRQ0
= 01 GP17
= 10 8042 P14
= 11 nDTRC [W83977AF only]
Bit 5-4 : PIN119S1, PIN119S0
= 00 NDACK0
= 01 GP16
= 10 8042 P15
= 11 nRTSC
Bit 3-2 : PIN104S1, PIN104S0
= 00 IRQ15
= 01 GP15
= 10 WDTO
= 11 IRSL2 [W83977AF only]
Bit 1-0 : PIN103S1, PIN103S0
= 00 IRQ14
= 01 GP14
= 10 PLEDO
= 11 IRSL1 [W83977AF only]
CR2D (Default 0x00)
Test Modes: Reserved for Winbond.
CR2E (Default 0x00)
Test Modes: Reserved for Winbond.
CR2F (Default 0x00)
Test Modes: Reserved for Winbond.
-124
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC)
CR30 (Default 0x01)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 : = 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x03, 0xf0)
These two registers select FDC I/O base address [0x100:0xFF8] on 8 byte boundaries.
CR70 (Default 0x06)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3-0 : These bits select IRQ resource for FDC.
CR71 (Default 0x02, read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CR74 (Default 0x02)
Bit 7-3 : Reserved.
Bit 2-0 : These bits select DRQ resource for FDC.
= 0x00 DMA0
= 0x01 DMA1
= 0x02 DMA2
= 0x03 DMA3
= 0x04-0x07 No DMA active
CRF0 (Default 0x0E)
FDD Mode Register
Bit 7 : FIPURDWN
This bit controls the internal pull-up resistors of the FDC input pins RDATA, INDEX, TRAK0,
DSKCHG, and WP.
= 0 The internal pull-up resistors of FDC are turned on.(Default)
= 1 The internal pull-up resistors of FDC are turned off.
Bit 6 : INTVERTZ
This bit determines the polarity of all FDD interface signals.
= 0 FDD interface signals are active low.
= 1 FDD interface signals are active high.
Bit 5 : DRV2EN (PS2 mode only)
When this bit is a logic 0, indicates a second drive is installed and is reflected in status register A.
Bit 4 : Swap Drive 0, 1 Mode
-125 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
= 0 No Swap (Default)
= 1 Drive and Motor sel 0 and 1 are swapped.
Bit 3-2 Interface Mode
= 11 AT Mode (Default)
= 10 (Reserved)
= 01 PS/2
= 00 Model 30
Bit 1 : FDC DMA Mode
= 0 Burst Mode is enabled
= 1 Non-Burst Mode (Default)
Bit 0 : Floppy Mode
= 0 Normal Floppy Mode (Default)
= 1 Enhanced 3-Mode FDD
CRF1 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-6 : Boot Floppy
= 00 FDD A
= 01 FDD B
= 10 FDD C
= 11 FDD D
Bit 5 : Media ID1 Polarity
= 0 Non-Inverse
= 1 Inverse
Bit 4 : Media ID0 Polarity
= 0 Non-Inverse
= 1 Inverse
Bit 3-2 : Density Select
= 00 Normal (Default)
= 01 Normal
= 10 1 ( Forced to logic 1)
= 11 0 ( Forced to logic 0)
Bit 1 : DISFDDWR
= 0 Enable FDD write.
= 1 Disable FDD write(forces pins WE, WD to stay high).
Bit 0 : SWWP
= 0 Normal, use WP to determine whether the FDD is write protected or not.
= 1 FDD is always write-protected.
CRF2 (Default 0xFF)
Bit 7-6 : FDD D Drive Type
Bit 5-4 : FDD C Drive Type
Bit 3-2 : FDD B Drive Type
Bit 1:0 : FDD A Drive Type
When FDD is in enhanced 3-mode(CRF0.bit0=1),these bits determine SELDEN value in TABLE A
of CRF4 and CRF5 as follows.
-126
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
DTYPE1
DPYTE0
DRATE1
DRATE0
SELDEN
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
X
X
0
1
0
X
X
1
1
1
0
1
0
Note: X means don't care.
CRF4 (Default 0x00)
FDD0 Selection:
Bit 7 : Reserved.
Bit 6 : Precomp. Disable.
= 1 Disable FDC Precompensation.
= 0 Enable FDC Precompensation.
Bit 5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : DRTS1, DRTS0 : Data Rate Table select (Refer to TABLE A).
= 00 Select Regular drives and 2.88 format
= 01 Specifical application
= 10 2 Meg Tape
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1:0 : DMOD0, DMOD1 : Drive Model select (Refer to TABLE B).
CRF5 (Default 0x00)
FDD1 Selection : Same as FDD0 of CRF4.
-127 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
TABLE A
DRIVE RATE TABLE
SELECT
DRTS1
DRTS0
0
0
0
1
1
0
DATA RATE
SELECTED DATA RATE
SELDEN
DRATE1
DRATE0
MFM
FM
CRF0 BIT 0=0
1
1
1Meg
---
1
0
0
500K
250K
1
0
1
300K
150K
0
1
0
250K
125K
0
1
1
1Meg
---
1
0
0
500K
250K
1
0
1
500K
250K
0
1
0
250K
125K
0
1
1
1Meg
---
1
0
0
500K
250K
1
0
1
2Meg
---
0
1
0
250K
125K
0
Note:Refer to CRF2 for SELDEN value in the cases when CRF0, bit0=1.
TABLE B
DMOD0
DMOD1
DRVDEN0(PIN 2)
DRVDEN1(PIN 3)
0
0
SELDEN
DRATE0
0
1
1
0
DRATE1
DRATE0
DRATE0
1
1
SELDEN
DRATE0
DRATE1
13.3 Logical Device 1 (Parallel Port)
CR30 (Default 0x01 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
-128
DRIVE TYPE
4/2/1 MB 3.5”“
2/1 MB 5.25”
2/1.6/1 MB 3.5” (3-MODE)
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x03, 0x78 at PNPCSV=0)
These two registers select Parallel Port I/O base address.
[0x100:0xFFC] on 4 byte boundaries(EPP not supported) or
[0x100:0xFF8] on 8 byte boundaries(all modes supported, EPP is only available when the base
address is on an 8byte boundary).
CR70 (Default 0x07 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for Parallel Port.
CR71 (Default 0x02, read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CR74 (Default 0x04)
Bit 7-3 : Reserved.
Bit 2-0 : These bits select DRQ resource for Parallel Port.
0x00=DMA0
0x01=DMA1
0x02=DMA2
0x03=DMA3
0x04-0x07= No DMA active
CRF0 (Default 0x3F)
Bit 7 : PP Interrupt Type:
Not valid when the parallel port is in the printer Mode (100) or the standard & Bi-directional
Mode (000).
=1
Pulsed Low, released to high-Z .
=0
IRQ follows nACK when parallel port in EPP Mode or [Printer, SPP, EPP] under ECP.
Bit [6:3] : ECP FIFO Threshold.
Bit 2-0 Parallel Port Mode (CR F1 PRTMODS2= logical 1)
= 100 Printer Mode (Default)
= 000 Standard and Bi-direction (SPP) mode
= 001 EPP-1.9 and SPP mode
= 101 EPP-1.7 and SPP mode
= 010 ECP mode
= 011 ECP and EPP-1.9 mode
= 111 ECP and EPP-1.7 mode.
-129 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13.4 Logical Device 2 (UART A)¢)
CR30 (Default 0x01 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x03, 0xF8 when PNPCSV=0 at POR )
These two registers select Serial Port 1 I/O base address [0x100:0xFF8] on 8 byte boundaries.
CR70 (Default 0x04 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for Serial Port 1.
CR71(Default 0x02, read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CRF0 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1-0 : SUACLKB1, SUACLKB0
= 00
UART A clock source is 1.8462 Mhz (24MHz/13)
= 01
UART A clock source is 2 Mhz (24MHz/12)
= 10
UART A clock source is 24 Mhz (24MHz/1)
= 11
UART A clock source is 14.769 Mhz (24MHz/1.625)
-130
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13.5 Logical Device 3 (UART B)
CR30 (Default 0x01 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x02, 0xF8 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
These two registers select Serial Port 2 I/O base address [0x100:0xFF8] on 8 byte boundaries.
CR70 (Default 0x03 when PNPCSV=0 at POR)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for Serial Port 2.
CR71 (Default 0x02, read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; 0: Edge trigger
CRF0 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1-0 : SUBCLKB1, SUBCLKB0
= 00
UART B clock source is 1.8462 Mhz (24MHz/13)
= 01
UART B clock source is 2 Mhz (24MHz/12)
= 10
UART B clock source is 24 Mhz (24MHz/1)
= 11
UART B clock source is 14.769 Mhz (24MHz/1.625)
-131 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13.6 Logical Device 4 (Real Time Clock)
CR30 (Default 0x01 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x00, 0x70 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
These two registers select Real Time Clock I/O base address [0x100:0xFFE] on 2 byte
boundaries.
CR70 (Default 0x08 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for RTC.
CR71 (Default 0x00, read/write)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CRF0 (Default 0x00)
RTC Mode Register
Bit 7-6 :
= 00 Select BANK0 of RAM
= 01 Select BANK1 of RAM
= 10 Select BANK2 of RAM
Bit 5-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3 : = 1 Lock CMOS RAM E0-FFh
Bit 2 : = 1 Lock CMOS RAM C0-DFh
Bit 1 : = 1 Lock CMOS RAM A0-BFh
Bit 0 : = 1 Lock CMOS RAM 80-9Fh
Note : Once set, bit[3:0] can not be cleared by a write; bit[3:0] is cleared only on Power-On Reset or upon a Hard Reset.
-132
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13.7 Logical Device 5 (KBC)
CR30 (Default 0x01 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enables I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x00, 0x60 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
These two registers select the first KBC I/O base address [0x100:0xFFF] on 1 byte boundaries.
CR62, CR 63 (Default 0x00, 0x64 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
These two registers select the second KBC I/O base address [0x100:0xFFF] on 1 byte boundaries.
CR70 (Default 0x01 when PENKRC=1 at POR)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for KINT(keyboard).
CR71 (Default 0x02, Read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CR72 (Default 0x0C when PENKRC=1 at POR)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for MINT(PS2 Mouse)
CR73 (Default 0x02)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CRF0 (Default 0x40)
Bit 7-6 : KBC clock rate selection
= 00 Select 6MHz as KBC clock input.
= 01 Select 8MHz as KBC clock input.
= 10 Select 12Mhz as KBC clock input.
-133 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
= 11 Select 16Mhz as KBC clock input.
Bit 5-3 : Reserved.
Bit 2 :
= 0 Port 92 disable.
= 1 Port 92 enable.
Bit 1 :
= 0 Gate20 software control.
= 1 Gate20 hardware speed up.
Bit 0 :
= 0 KBRST software control.
= 1 KBRST hardware speed up.
13.8 Logical Device 6 (IR)
CR30 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x00, 0x00)
These two registers select IR I/O base address [0x100:0xFF8] on 8 byte boundaries.
CR70 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit [3:0] : These bits select IRQ resource for IR.
CR71 (Default 0x02, read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
-134
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
CR74 (Default 0x04)
Bit 7-3 : Reserved.
Bit 2-0 : These bits select DRQ resource for RX of UART C.
= 0x00 DMA0
= 0x01 DMA1
= 0x02 DMA2
= 0x03 DMA3
= 0x04-0x07 No DMA active
CR75 (Default 0x04)
Bit 7-3 : Reserved.
Bit 2-0 : These bits select DRQ resource for TX of UART C.
= 0x00 DMA0
= 0x01 DMA1
= 0x02 DMA2
= 0x03 DMA3
= 0x04-0x07 No DMA active
CRF0 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3 : RXW4C
=0
No reception delay when SIR is changed from TX mode to RX mode.
= 1 Reception delays 4 characters-time(40 bit-time) when SIR is changed from TX mode
to RX mode.
Bit 2 : TXW4C
=0
mode
No transmission delay when SIR is changed from RX mode to TX mode.
= 1 Transmission delays 4 characters-time(40 bit-time) when SIR is changed from RX
to TX mode.
Bit 1 : APEDCRC
=0
No append hardware CRC value as data in FIR/MIR mode.
=1
Append hardware CRC value as data in FIR/MIR mode.
Bit 0 : ENBNKSEL; Bank select enable
=0
Disable IR Bank selection.
=1
Enable IR Bank selection.
-135 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
13.9 Logical Device 7 (Auxiliary I/O Part I)
CR30 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 : = 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x00, 0x00)
These two registers select GP1 I/O base address [0x100:0xFFF] on 1 byte boundaries.
CR62, CR 63 (Default 0x00, 0x00)
These two registers select GP14 alternate function Primary I/O base address [0x100:0xFFE] on 2
byte boundaries; They are available as you setting GP14 to be an alternate function (General
Purpose Address Decode).
CR64, CR 65 (Default 0x00, 0x00)
These two registers select GP15 alternate function Primary I/O base address [0x100:0xFFF] on 1
byte boundaries; They are available as you setting GP15 to be an alternate function (General
Purpose Write Decode).
CR70 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3-0 : These bits select IRQ resource for GP10 as you setting GP10 to be an alternate function
(Interrupt Steering).
CR71 (Default 0x02, read only)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CR72 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3-0 : These bits select IRQ resource for GP11 as you setting GP10 to be an alternate function
(Interrupt Steering).
CR73 (Default 0x02)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
-136
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
CRE0 (GP10, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4 : IRQ Filter Select
= 1 Debounce Filter Enabled
= 0 Debounce Filter Bypassed
Bit 3 : Select Function.
= 1 Select Alternate Function : Interrupt Steering.
= 0 Select Basic I/O Function.
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity.
= 1 Invert.
= 0 No Invert.
Bit 0 : In/Out selection.
= 1 Input.
= 0 Output.
CRE1 (GP11, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4 : IRQ Filter Select
= 1 Debounce Filter Enabled
= 0 Debounce Filter Bypassed
Bit 3 : Select Function.
= 1 Select Alternate Function : Interrupt Steering.
= 0 Select Basic I/O Function.
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity.
= 1 Invert.
= 0 No Invert.
Bit 0 : In/Out selection.
= 1 Input.
= 0 Output.
CRE2 (GP12, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 Select 1st alternate function : Watching Dog Timer Output.
= 10 Reserved
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
-137 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
CRE3 (GP13, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 Select 1st alternate function : Power LED output.
= 10 Reserved
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CRE4 (GP14, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 Select 1st alternate function : General Purpose Address Decoder(Active Low when
Bit 1 = 0, Decode two byte address).
= 10 Select 2nd alternate function : Keyboard Inhibit(P17).
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CRE5 (GP15, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 General Purpose Write Strobe(Active Low when Bit 1 = 0).
= 10 8042 P12.
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CRE6 (GP16, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 Select 1st alternate function : Watching Dog Timer Output.
= 1x Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
-138
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
CRE7 (GP17, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 Select 1st alternate function : Power LED output. Please refer to TABLE C
= 1x Reserved
Bit 2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
TABLE C
WDT_CTRL1* BIT[1]*
WDT_CTRL0* BIT[3]
WDT_CTRL1 BIT[0]
POWER LED STATE
1
X
X
1 Hertz Toggle pulse
0
0
X
Continuous high or low*
0
1
0
Continuous high or low*
0
1
1
1 Hertz Toggle pulse
*Note: 1). Regarding to the contents of WDT_CTR1 and WDT_CTRL0, please refer to CRF3 and CRF4 in Logic Device 8.
2). Continuous high or low depends on the polarity bit of GP13 or GP17 configure registers.
CRF1 ( Default 0x00)
General Purpose Read/Write Enable*
Bit 7-2 : Reserved
Bit 1 :
= 1 Enable General Purpose Write Strobe
= 0 Disable General Purpose Write Strobe
Bit 0 :
= 1 Enable General Purpose Address Decode
= 0 Disable General Purpose Address Decode
*Note : If the logical device　activate bit is not set then bit 0 and 1 have no effect.
13.10 Logical Device 8 (Auxiliary I/O Part II)
CR30 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-1 : Reserved.
Bit 0 :
= 1 Activates the logical device.
= 0 Logical device is inactive.
CR31
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : ENRNGCK -- > Enable I/O Range check
Bit 0 : FORIORD --> Forces LDN to respond I/O read
-139 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
CR60, CR 61 (Default 0x00, 0x00)
These two registers select GP2 & Watch Dog I/O base address [0x100:0xFFE] on 2 byte
boundaries. I/O base address + 1 : Watch Dog I/O base address.
CR70 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3-0 : These bits select IRQ resource for Common IRQ of GP20~GP25 at Logic Device 9.
CR71 (Default 0x02)
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; 0: Edge trigger
CR72 (Default 0x00)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3-0 : These bits select IRQ resource for Watch Dog.
CR73
Bit 7-2 : Reserved.
Bit 1 : IRQLEV -- > IRQ Level
= 1: High; = 0: Low
Bit 0 : IRQTYPE --> IRQ Type
= 1: Level trigger; = 0: Edge trigger
CRE8 (GP20, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select basic I/O function
= 01 Reserved
= 10 Select alternate function : Keyboard Reset (connected to KBC P20)
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Int En
= 1 Enable Common IRQ
= 0 Disable Common IRQ
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CRE9 (GP21, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function
= 01 Reserved
= 10 Select 2nd alternate function : Keyboard P13 I/O
= 11 Reserved
-140
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 2 : Int En
= 1 Enable Common IRQ
= 0 Disable Common IRQ
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CREA (GP22, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function.
= 01 Reserved
= 10 Select 2nd alternate function : Keyboard P14 I/O.
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Int En
=1
Enable Common IRQ
=0
Disable Common IRQ
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CREB (GP23, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function
= 01 Reserved
= 10 Select 2nd alternate function : Keyboard P15 I/O
= 11 Reserved
Bit 2 : Int En
=1
Enable Common IRQ
=0
Disable Common IRQ
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CREC (GP24, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-5 : Reserved.
Bit 4-3 : Select Function.
= 00 Select Basic I/O function
= 01 Reserved
= 10 Select 2nd alternate function : Keyboard P16 I/O
= 11 Reserved
-141 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 2 : Int En
=1
Enable Common IRQ
=0
Disable Common IRQ
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CRED (GP25, Default 0x01)
Bit 7-4 : Reserved.
Bit 3 : Select Function.
= 1 Select alternate function: GATE A20(Connect to KBC P21).
= 0 Select basic I/O function
Bit 2 : Int En
=1
Enable Common IRQ
=0
Disable Common IRQ
Bit 1 : Polarity : 1 : Invert, 0 : No Invert
Bit 0 : In/Out : 1 : Input, 0 : Output
CRF0 (Default 0x00)
Debounce Filter Enable or Disable for General Purpose I/O Combined Interrupt. The Debounce Filter
can reject a pulse with 1ms width or less.
Bit 7-4 : Reserved
Bit 3 : GP Common IRQ Filter Select
= 1 Debounce Filter Enabled
= 0 Debounce Filter Bypassed
Bit 2-0 : Reserved
CRF1 (Reserved)
CRF2 (Default 0x00)
Watching Dog Timer Time-out value. Writing a non-zero value to this register causes the counter to
load the value to Watching Dog Counter and start to count down. If the Bit2 and Bit 1 are set, any
Mouse Interrupt or Keyboard Interrupt happen will also cause to reload the non-zero value to
Watching Dog Counter and count down. Read this register can not access Watching Dog Timer
Time-out value, but can access the current value in Watching Dog Counter.
Bit 7-0 :
= 0x00 Time-out Disable
= 0x01 Time-out occurs after 1 minute
= 0x02 Time-out occurs after 2 minutes
= 0x03 Time-out occurs after 3 minutes
................................................
= 0xFF Time-out occurs after 255 minutes
CRF3 (WDT_CTRL0, Default 0x00)
Watching Dog Timer Control Register #0
Bit 7-4 : Reserved
-142
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Bit 3 : When Time-out occurs, Enable or Disable Power LED with 1 Hz and 50% duty cycle output.
= 1 Enable
= 0 Disable
Bit 2 : Mouse interrupt reset Enable or Disable
= 1 Watching Dog Timer is reset upon a Mouse interrupt
= 0 Watching Dog Timer is not affected by Mouse interrupt
Bit 1 : Keyboard interrupt reset Enable or Disable
= 1 Watching Dog Timer is reset upon a Keyboard interrupt
= 0 Watching Dog Timer is not affected by Keyboard interrupt
Bit 0 : Reserved.
CRF4 (WDT_CTRL1, Default 0x00)
Watching Dog Timer Control Register #1
Bit 7-4 : Reserved
Bit 3 : Enable the rising edge of Keyboard Reset(P20) to force Time-out event, R/W*
= 1 Enable
= 0 Disable
Bit 2 : Force Watching Dog Timer Time-out, Write only*
= 1 Force Watching Dog Timer time-out event; this bit is self-clearing.
Bit 1 : Enable Power LED 1Hz rate toggle pulse with 50% duty cycle , R/W
= 1 Enable
= 0 Disable
Bit 0 : Watching Dog Timer Status, R/W
= 1 Watching Dog Timer time-out occurred.
= 0 Watching Dog Timer counting
*Note : 1). Internal logic provides an 1us Debounce Filter to reject the width of P20 pulse less than 1us.
2). The P20 signal that coming from Debounce Filter is ORed with the signal generated by the Force Time-out bit and
then connect to set the Bit 0(Watching Dog Timer Status). The ORed signal is self-clearing.
-143 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14. SPECIFICATIONS
14.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
PARAMETER
RATING
UNIT
-0.5 to 7.0
V
-0.5 to VDD+0.5
V
RTC Battery Voltage VBAT
4.0 to 1.8
V
Operating Temperature
0 to +70
°C
-55 to +150
°C
Power Supply Voltage
Input Voltage
Storage Temperature
Note: Exposure to conditions beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may adversely affect the life and reliability
of the device.
14.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = 0° C to 70° C, VDD = 5V ± 10%, VSS = 0V)
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
RTC Battery Quiescent
Current
IBAT
2.4
uA
VBAT = 2.5 V
ACPI Stand-by Power
Supply Quiescent
Current
IBAT
2.0
mA
VSB = 5.0 V, All ACPI pins
are not connected.
I/O8t - TTL level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 8 mA
Input Low Voltage
VIL
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
V
IOL = 8 mA
V
IOH = - 8 mA
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.4
I/O6t - TTL level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 6 mA
Input Low Voltage
VIL
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
0.8
2.0
V
V
0.4
V
IOL = 6 mA
V
IOH = - 6 mA
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
-10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.4
-144
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
DC CHARACTERISTICS, continued
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
I/O8 - CMOS level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 8 mA
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.3xVDD
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+ 10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
- 10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.7xVDD
V
V
0.4
3.5
V
IOL = 8 mA
V
IOH = - 8 mA
I/O12 - CMOS level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 12 mA
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.3xVDD
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+ 10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
- 10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.7xVDD
V
V
0.4
3.5
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = - 12 mA
I/O16u - CMOS level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 16 mA, with internal pull-up
resistor
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.3xVDD
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+ 10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
- 10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.7xVDD
V
V
0.4
3.5
V
IOL = 16 mA
V
IOH = - 16 mA
I/OD16u - CMOS level Open-Drain pin with source-sink capability of 16 mA, with internal pull-up
resistor
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.3xVDD
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+ 10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
- 10
μA
VIN = 0V
0.7xVDD
V
V
0.4
3.5
-145 -
V
IOL = 16 mA
V
IOH = - 16 mA
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
DC CHARACTERISTICS, continued
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
CONDITIONS
I/O12t - TTL level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 12 mA
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.8
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+ 10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
- 10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.0
V
V
0.4
2.4
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = - 12 mA
I/O24t - TTL level bi-directional pin with source-sink capability of 24 mA
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.8
Input High Voltage
VIH
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+ 10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
- 10
μA
VIN = 0V
2.0
V
V
0.4
2.4
V
IOL = 24 mA
V
IOH = - 24 mA
OUT8t - TTL level output pin with source-sink capability of 8 mA
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
V
IOL = 8 mA
V
IOH = - 8 mA
V
IOL = 12 mA
V
IOH = -12 mA
V
IOL = 12 mA
IOL = 24 mA
OUT12t - TTL level output pin with source-sink capability of 12 mA
Output Low Voltage
VOL
Output High Voltage
VOH
0.4
2.4
OD12 - Open-drain output pin with sink capability of 12 mA
Output Low Voltage
VOL
0.4
OD24 - Open-drain output pin with sink capability of 24 mA
Output Low Voltage
VOL
0.4
V
Input Low Voltage
VIL
0.8
V
Input High Voltage
VIH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
INt - TTL level input pin
2.0
V
-146
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
DC CHARACTERISTICS, continued
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
0.3×VDD
V
CONDITIONS
INc- CMOS level input pin
Input Low Voltage
VIL
Input High Voltage
VIH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.7×VDD
V
INcs- CMOS level Schmitt-triggered input pin
Input Low Threshold Voltage
Vt-
1.3
1.5
1.7
V
VDD = 5 V
Input High Threshold Voltage
Vt+
3.2
3.5
3.8
V
VDD = 5 V
Hystersis
VTH
1.5
2
V
VDD = 5 V
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.7xVDD
V
INcu - CMOS level input pin with internal pull-up resistor
Input Low Voltage
VIL
Input High Voltage
VIH
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
0.7xVDD
V
INts- TTL level Schmitt-triggered input pin
Input Low Threshold Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VDD = 5 V
Input High Threshold Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VDD = 5 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VDD = 5 V
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
INtsu- TTL level Schmitt-triggered input pin with internal pull-up resistor
Input Low Threshold Voltage
Vt-
0.5
0.8
1.1
V
VDD = 5 V
Input High Threshold Voltage
Vt+
1.6
2.0
2.4
V
VDD = 5 V
Hystersis
VTH
0.5
1.2
V
VDD = 5 V
Input High Leakage
ILIH
+10
μA
VIN = VDD
Input Low Leakage
ILIL
-10
μA
VIN = 0 V
-147 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3 AC Characteristics
14.3.1
FDC: Data rate = 1 MB, 500 KB, 300 KB, 250 KB/sec.
PARAMETER
SYM.
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
(NOTE 1)
SA9-SA0, AEN, DACK ,
CS , setup time to IOR ↓
TAR
25
nS
SA9-SA0, AEN, DACK ,
hold time for IOR ↑
TAR
0
nS
IOR width
TRR
80
nS
Data access time from
IOR ↓
TFD
CL = 100 pf
Data hold from IOR ↓
TDH
CL = 100 pf
10
SD to from IOR ↑
TDF
CL = 100 pf
10
IRQ delay from IOR ↑
TRI
SA9-SA0, AEN, DACK ,
setup time to IOW ↓
TAW
25
nS
SA9-SA0, AEN, DACK ,
hold time for IOW ↑
TWA
0
nS
IOW width
TWW
60
nS
Data setup time to IOW ↑
TDW
60
nS
Data hold time from IOW ↑
TWD
0
nS
IRQ delay from IOW ↑
TWI
80
nS
nS
50
nS
360/570
/675
nS
360/570
/675
nS
μS
DRQ cycle time
TMCY
DRQ delay time DACK ↓
TAM
DRQ to DACK delay
TMA
0
nS
DACK width
TAA
260/430
/510
nS
IOR delay from DRQ
TMR
0
nS
IOW delay from DRQ
TMW
0
nS
27
50
-148
nS
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
FDC: Data rate = 1 MB, 500 KB, 300 KB, 250 KB/sec, continued.
PARAMETER
SYM.
IOW or IOR response time
from DRQ
TMRW
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
(NOTE 1)
MAX.
UNIT
μS
6/12
/20/24
TC width
TTC
135/220
/260
nS
RESET width
TRST
1.8/3/3.
5
μS
INDEX width
TIDX
0.5/0.9
/1.0
μS
DIR setup time to STEP
TDST
1.0/1.6
/2.0
μS
DIR hold time from STEP
TSTD
24/40/4
8
μS
STEP pulse width
TSTP
6.8/11.5
/13.8
7/11.7
/14
7.2/11.9
/14.2
μS
STEP cycle width
TSC
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
μS
WD pulse width
TWDD
100/185
/225
125/210
/250
150/235
/275
μS
Write precompensation
TWPC
100/138
/225
125/210
/250
150/235
/275
μS
Notes:
1. Typical values for T = 25° C and normal supply voltage.
2. Programmable from 2 mS through 32 mS in 2 mS increments.
-149 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3.2
UART/Parallel Port
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
Delay from Stop to Set Interrupt
TSINT
Delay from IOR Reset Interrupt
TRINT
Delay from Initial IRQ Reset to Transmit
Start
TIRS
Delay from IOW to Reset interrupt
THR
Delay from Initial IOW to interrupt
TSI
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN.
MAX.
9/16
Baud
Rate
1
μS
8/16
Baud
Rate
175
nS
16/16
Baud
Rate
1/2
Baud
Rate
100 pf Loading
1/16
100 pf Loading
9/16
UNIT
Delay from Stop to Set Interrupt
TSTI
Delay from IOR to Reset Interrupt
TIR
100 pF Loading
250
nS
TMWO
100 pF Loading
200
nS
Delay from IOR to Output
Set Interrupt Delay from Modem Input
TSIM
250
nS
Reset Interrupt Delay from IOR
TRIM
250
nS
Interrupt Active Delay
TIAD
100 pF Loading
25
nS
Interrupt Inactive Delay
TIID
100 pF Loading
30
nS
N
100 pF Loading
216-1
Baud Divisor
14.3.3
Parallel Port Mode Parameters
PARAMETER
SYM.
MAX.
UNIT
t1
100
nS
IRQ Delay from ACK , nFAULT
t2
60
nS
IRQ Delay from IOW
t3
105
nS
IRQ Active Low in ECP and EPP Modes
t4
300
nS
ERROR Active to IRQ Active
t5
105
nS
PD0-7, INDEX , STROBE , AUTOFD Delay from
MIN.
TYP.
IOW
-150
200
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3.4
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
Ax Valid to IOR Asserted
t1
40
nS
IOCHRDY Deasserted to IOR Deasserted
t2
0
nS
IOR Deasserted to Ax Valid
t3
10
IOR Deasserted to IOW or IOR Asserted
t4
40
IOR Asserted to IOCHRDY Asserted
t5
PD Valid to SD Valid
10
nS
0
24
nS
t6
0
75
nS
IOR Deasserted to SD Hi-Z (Hold Time)
t7
0
40
μS
SD Valid to IOCHRDY Deasserted
t8
0
85
nS
WAIT Deasserted to IOCHRDY Deasserted
t9
60
160
nS
PD Hi-Z to PDBIR Set
t10
0
nS
WRITE Deasserted to IOR Asserted
t13
0
nS
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Deasserted
t14
0
185
nS
Deasserted to WRITE Modified
t15
60
190
nS
IOR Asserted to PD Hi-Z
t16
0
50
nS
WAIT Asserted to PD Hi-Z
t17
60
180
nS
Command Asserted to PD Valid
t18
0
nS
Command Deasserted to PD Hi-Z
t19
0
nS
WAIT Deasserted to PD Drive
t20
60
WRITE Deasserted to Command
t21
1
PBDIR Set to Command
t22
0
20
nS
PD Hi-Z to Command Asserted
t23
0
30
nS
Asserted to Command Asserted
t24
0
195
nS
WAIT Deasserted to Command Deasserted
t25
60
180
nS
Time out
t26
10
12
nS
PD Valid to WAIT Deasserted
t27
0
nS
PD Hi-Z to WAIT Deasserted
t28
0
μS
-151 -
190
nS
nS
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3.5
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYM.
MIN.
Ax Valid to IOW Asserted
t1
40
nS
SD Valid to Asserted
t2
10
nS
IOW Deasserted to Ax Invalid
t3
10
nS
WAIT Deasserted to IOCHRDY Deasserted
t4
0
nS
Command Asserted to WAIT Deasserted
t5
10
nS
IOW Deasserted to IOW or IOR Asserted
t6
40
nS
IOCHRDY Deasserted to IOW Deasserted
t7
0
24
nS
WAIT Asserted to Command Asserted
t8
60
160
nS
IOW Asserted to WAIT Asserted
t9
0
70
nS
PBDIR Low to WRITE Asserted
t10
0
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Asserted
t11
60
185
nS
WAIT Asserted to WRITE Change
t12
60
185
nS
IOW Asserted to PD Valid
t13
0
50
nS
WAIT Asserted to PD Invalid
t14
0
nS
PD Invalid to Command Asserted
t15
10
nS
IOW to Command Asserted
t16
5
35
nS
WAIT Asserted to Command Asserted
t17
60
210
nS
WAIT Deasserted to Command Deasserted
t18
60
190
nS
Command Asserted to WAIT Deasserted
t19
0
10
μS
Time out
t20
10
12
μS
Command Deasserted to WAIT Asserted
t21
0
nS
IOW Deasserted to WRITE Deasserted and PD
invalid
t22
0
nS
-152
MAX.
UNIT
nS
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3.6
Parallel Port FIFO Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
MIN.
DATA Valid to nSTROBE Active
t1
600
nS
nSTROBE Active Pulse Width
t2
600
nS
DATA Hold from nSTROBE Inactive
t3
450
nS
BUSY Inactive to PD Inactive
t4
80
nS
BUSY Inactive to nSTROBE Active
t5
680
nS
nSTROBE Active to BUSY Active
t6
14.3.7
MAX.
UNIT
500
nS
ECP Parallel Port Forward Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
nAUTOFD Valid to nSTROBE Asserted
t1
0
60
nS
PD Valid to nSTROBE Asserted
t2
0
60
nS
BUSY Deasserted to nAUTOFD Changed
t3
80
180
nS
BUSY Deasserted to PD Changed
t4
80
180
nS
nSTROBE Deasserted to BUSY Deasserted
t5
0
BUSY Deasserted to nSTROBE Asserted
t6
80
nSTROBE Asserted to BUSY Asserted
t7
0
BUSY Asserted to nSTROBE Deasserted
t8
80
180
nS
SYMBOL
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
PD Valid to nACK Asserted
t1
0
nS
nAUTOFD Deasserted to PD Changed
t2
0
nS
nAUTOFD Asserted to nACK Asserted
t3
0
nS
nAUTOFD Deasserted to nACK Deasserted
t4
0
nS
nACK Deasserted to nAUTOFD Asserted
t5
80
200
nS
PD Changed to nAUTOFD Deasserted
t6
80
200
nS
14.3.8
nS
200
nS
nS
ECP Parallel Port Reverse Timing Parameters
PARAMETER
-153 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3.9
KBC Timing Parameters
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
T1
Address Setup Time from WRB
0
nS
T2
Address Setup Time from RDB
0
nS
T3
WRB Strobe Width
20
nS
T4
RDB Strobe Width
20
nS
T5
Address Hold Time from WRB
0
nS
T6
Address Hold Time from RDB
0
nS
T7
Data Setup Time
50
nS
T8
Data Hold Time
0
nS
T9
Gate Delay Time from WRB
10
T10
RDB to Drive Data Delay
T11
RDB to Floating Data Delay
T12
Data Valid After Clock Falling (SEND)
T13
K/B Clock Period
20
μS
T14
K/B Clock Pulse Width
10
μS
T15
Data Valid Before Clock Falling (RECEIVE)
4
μS
T16
K/B ACK After Finish Receiving
20
μS
T17
RC Fast Reset Pulse Delay (8 Mhz)
2
T18
RC Pulse Width (8 Mhz)
6
T19
Transmit Timeout
T20
Data Valid Hold Time
0
T21
Input Clock Period (6−12 Mhz)
83
167
nS
T22
Duration of CLK inactive
30
50
μS
T23
Duration of CLK active
30
50
μS
T24
Time from inactive CLK transition, used to time when
the auxiliary device sample DATA
5
25
μS
T25
Time of inhibit mode
100
300
μS
T26
Time from rising edge of CLK to DATA transition
5
T28-5
μS
T27
Duration of CLK inactive
30
50
μS
T28
Duration of CLK active
30
50
μS
T29
Time from DATA transition to falling edge of CLK
5
25
μS
0
30
nS
40
nS
20
nS
4
μS
3
μS
2
-154
μS
mS
μS
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
14.3.10 GPIO, ACPI, ROM Interface Timing Parameters
SYMBOL
PARAMETER
MIN.
MAX.
UNIT
300(Note 1)
ns
tWGO
Write data to GPIO update
tSWP
SWITCH pulse width
16
tSWE
Delay from SWITCH events to PSCTRL , and
14
16
msec
30
90
μs
msec
from SWITCH Off event to SMI
tPORW
SMI pulse width (edge mode)
tPOWR
Delay from APCI Reg.1 write to SMI inactive
(level mode)
-
25
nsec
tRIO
Delay from RIA, B KCLK, MCLK, PWAKIN1,
-
25
nsec
-
25
sec
0.125
0.190
sec
10
-
ns
PWAKIN2 to PSCTRL
tRPO
Delay from PHRI pulse to PSCTRL
tRTO
Delay from PHRI pulse train to PSCTRL
tRINW
PHRI width (high and low time)
Note : Refer to Microprocessor Interface Timing for Read Timing.
-155 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15. TIMING WAVEFORMS
15.1 FDC
Write Date
Processor Read Operation
WD
SA0-SA9
TWDD
AEN
CS
DACK
TAR
TRA
TRR
IOR
TDH
Index
TFD
TDF
D0-D7
INDEX
TR
IRQ
TIDX
Processor Write Operation
TIDX
Terminal Count
SA0-SA9
AEN
DACK
TAW
TC
TWA
TTC
TWW
IOW
TWD
Reset
TDW
D0-D7
RESET
TWI
IRQ
TRST
DMA Operation
DRQ
Drive Seek operation
TAM
DIR
TMCY
DACK
TAA
TMA
TDST
TMRW
IOW or
TSTP
TSTD
STEP
IOR
TMW (IOW)
TMR (IOR)
TSC
-156
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.2 UART/Parallel
Receiver Timing
SIN
(RECEIVER
STAR
INPUT DATA)
DATA BITS
(5-8)
PARITY
STOP
TSINT
IRQ3 or IRQ4
IOR
(READ RECEIVER
TRINT
BUFFER REGISTER)
Transmitter Timing
SERIAL OUT
STAR
(SOUT)
STAR
DATA
(5-8)
PARITY
THRS
STOP
(1-2)
TSTI
IRQ3 or IRQ4
THR
IOW
(WRITE THR)
THR
TSI
TIR
IOR
(READ TIR)
-157 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.2.1
Modem Control Timing
MODEM Control Timing
IOW
(WRITE MCR)
│
│
│
│
→
RTS,DTR
CTS,DSR
DCD
IRQ3 or
IRQ4
│
│
│
│
│
→
│
│
│
→│ ←TRIM
IOR
(READ MSR)
→
← TMWO
│
│
│
│
?
│
│
│
│
→ │← TSIM
│
│
│
│
←TSIM
│
│
│
│
│
│
←TMWO
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
││
│
│
│
│
→ ←TRIM
TSIM
│← →
│
│
│
│
│
│
?
RI
Printer Interrupt Timing
ACK
IRQ7
→
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
← TLAD
→
-158
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
←TLID
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.3 Parallel Port
15.3.1
Parallel Port Timing
IOW
t1
INIT, STROBE
AUTOFD, SLCTIN
PD<0:7>
ACK
t2
IRQ (SPP)
IRQ
(EPP or ECP)
t3
t4
nFAULT
(ECP)
ERROR
(ECP)
t5
t2
t4
IRQ
-159 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.3.2
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)
t3
A<0:10>
IOR
t1
t2
t6
t4
t7
SD<0:7>
t8
t5
t9
IOCHRDY
t10
t13
t15
t14
WRITE
t16
t18
t19
t20
t17
PD<0:7>
t21
ADDRSTB
t22
t23 t24
t25
DATASTB
t26
t27
WAIT
-160
t28
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.3.3
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.9)
t3
t4
A10-A0
SD<0:7>
t1
t5
t2
IOW
IOCHRDY
t7
t6
t8
t9
t10
t11
WRITE
t12
t13
t14
PD<0:7>
t15
t16
t17
DATAST
ADDRSTB
t19
t20
WAIT
t18
t21
t22
PBDIR
-161 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.3.4
EPP Data or Address Read Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)
t3
A<0:10>
IOR
t1
t2
t4
t6
t7
SD<0:7>
t8
t5
t9
IOCHRDY
t10
t13
t15
t14
WRITE
t16
t18
t19
t17
t20
PD<0:7>
t21
ADDRSTB
t22
t23
t25
t24
DATASTB
t26
t27
WAIT
-162
t28
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.3.5
EPP Data or Address Write Cycle (EPP Version 1.7)
t3
t4
A10-A0
SD<0:7>
t1
IOW
t7
IOCHRDY
WRITE
t5
t2
t6
t8
t9
t10
t11
t22
t13
t22
PD<0:7>
t15
t16
t17
DATAST
t18
ADDRSTB
t19
t20
WAIT
15.3.6
Parallel Port FIFO Timing
t4
t3
>|
>|
PD<0:7>
t1
nSTROBE
t2
>|
t6
>
t5
>|
>|
BUSY
-163 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.3.7
ECP Parallel Port Forward Timing
t3
nAUTOFD
t4
PD<0:7>
t1
t2
t6
t8
nSTROBE
t5
t5
t7
BUSY
15.3.8
ECP Parallel Port Reverse Timing
t2
PD<0:7>
t1
t3
t4
nACK
t5
t6
nAUTOFD
-164
t5
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.4 KBC
15.4.1
Write Cycle Timing
A2, CSB
T1
T5
T3
WRB
ACTIVE
T8
T7
D0~D7
DATA IN
T9
GA20
OUTPUT PORT
T17
T18
FAST RESET PULSE RC
FE COMMAND
15.4.2
Read Cycle Timing
A2,CSB
AEN
T2
RDB
T6
T4
ACTIVE
T10
T11
D0-D7
15.4.3
DATA OUT
Send Data to K/B
CLOCK
(KCLK)
SERIAL DATA
(KDAT)
T12
START
T13
T14
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
T16
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
T19
-165 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.4.4
Receive Data from K/B
CLOCK
(KCLK)
T14
T15
SERIAL DATA
(T1)
START
D0
D1
D2
T13
D3
D5
D4
D6
D7
P
STOP
T20
15.4.5
Input Clock
CLOCK
CLOCK
T21
15.4.6
Send Data to Mouse
MCLK
T25
MDAT
15.4.7
START
Bit
T22
D0
D1
T23
T24
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
Bit
Receive Data from Mouse
MCLK
T29
T26
T27
T28
MDAT
START
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
-166
D5
D6
D7
P
STOP
Bit
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.5 GPIO Write Timing Diagram
A0-A15
VALID
IOW
D0-7
GPIO10-17
GPIO20-25
VALID
PREVIOUS STATE
VALID
tWGO
15.6 Master Reset (MR) Timing
Vcc
tVMR
MR
15.7 ACPI
15.7.1
PANSW Trigger and PSCTRL Timing
PANSW
VOH
V OL
PSCTRL
HI-Z
V OL
SMI
HI-Z/VOH
V OL
WR
VOH
V OL
tSWP
tSWP
tSWE
tSWE
edge:
tPORW
Level:
tPRL
-167 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
15.7.2
RIA , RIB , KLCK, MCLK, PWAKIN1, PWAKIN2 Trigger and PSCTRL Timing
RIA, RIB
KCLK, MCLK
PWAKIN1, PWAKIN2
V OH
V OL
PSCTRL
HI-Z
V OL
15.7.3
tRIO
PHRI Trigger and PSCTRL Timing
PHRI
V OH
V OL
tRINW
tRINW
tRPO
PSCTRL
tRTO
HI-Z
V OL
-168
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
16. APPLICATION CIRCUITS
16.1 Parallel Port Extension FDD
JP13
WE2/SLCT
WD2/PE
MOB2/BUSY
DSB2/ACK
PD7
PD6
PD5
DCH2/PD4
RDD2/PD3
STEP2/SLIN
WP2/PD2
DIR2/INIT
TRK02/PD1
HEAD2/ERR
IDX2/PD0
RWC2/AFD
STB
13
25
12
24
11
23
10
22
9
21
8
20
7
19
6
18
5
17
4
16
3
15
2
14
1
JP 13A
DCH2
HEAD2
RDD2
WP2
TRK02
WE2
WD2
STEP2
DIR2
MOB2
DSB2
IDX2
RWC2
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
EXT FDC
PRINTER PORT
Parallel Port Extension FDD Mode Connection Diagram
-169 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
16.2 Parallel Port Extension 2FDD
JP13
13
25
12
24
11
23
10
22
9
21
8
20
7
19
6
18
5
17
4
16
3
15
2
14
1
WE2/SLCT
WD2/PE
MOB2/BUSY
DSB2/ACK
DSA2/PD7
MOA2/PD6
PD5
DCH2/PD4
RDD2/PD3
STEP2/SLIN
WP2/PD2
DIR2/INIT
TRK02/PD1
HEAD2/ERR
IDX2/PD0
RWC2/AFD
STB
JP 13A
DCH2
HEAD2
RDD2
WP2
TRK02
WE2
WD2
STEP2
DIR2
MOB2
DSA2
DSB2
MOA2
IDX2
RWC2
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
EXT FDC
PRINTER PORT
Parallel Port Extension 2FDD Connection Diagram
16.3 Four FDD Mode
W83977F
74LS139
7407(2)
DSA
G1
A1
1Y0
1Y1
DSB
B1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
MOA
MOB
G2
A2
B2
-170
DSA
DSB
DSC
DSD
MOA
MOB
MOC
MOD
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
17. ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.
W83977F-P
W83977F-A
W83977AF-P
KBC FIRMWARE
Phoenix MultiKey/42
REMARKS
TM
TM
AMIKEY-2
Phoenix MultiKey/42
without FIR, 3rd UART
without FIR, 3rd UART
TM
with FIR, 3rd UART
W83977AF-A
TM
AMIKEY-2
with FIR, 3rd UART
W83977G-A
TM
AMIKEY-2
Lead-free version of W83977F-A
W83977AG-A
TM
AMIKEY-2
Lead-free version of W83977AF-A
-171 -
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
18. HOW TO READ THE TOP MARKING
Example: The top marking of W83977F-A
inbond
W83977TF-A
© AM. MEGA. 87-96
719AB27039520
1st line: Winbond logo
2nd line: the type number: W83977F-A
3rd line: the source of KBC F/W -- American Megatrends IncorporatedTM
4th line: Tracking code
719 A B 2 6519520
719: packages made in '97, week 19
A: assembly house ID; A means ASE, S means SPIL
B: IC revision; B means version B, C means version C
2: wafers manufactured in Winbond FAB 2
7039520: wafer production series lot number
Example: The top marking of W83977G-A
inbond
W83977G-A
AM. MEGA. 87-96
520AB26519520
1st line: Winbond logo
2nd line: the type number: W83977G-A
3rd line: the source of KBC F/W -- American Megatrends IncorporatedTM
4th line: Tracking code
709 A B 2 6519520
520: packages made in '05, week 20
A: assembly house ID; A means ASE, S means SPIL
B: IC revision; B means version B, C means version C
2: wafers manufactured in Winbond FAB 2
6519520: wafer production series lot number
-172
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
19. PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
(128-pin QFP)
HE
Symbol
E
A1
A2
b
c
D
E
e
HD
HE
L
L1
y
0
65
102
64
103
D
HD
39
128
1
e
38
b
c
A2
y
A1
Dimension in inch
Nom
Max
0.25
0.35
0.45
0.010
0.014
0.018
2.57
2.72
2.87
0.101
0.107
0.113
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.004
0.008
0.012
Nom
Max
Min
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.004
0.006
0.008
13.90
14.00
14.10
0.547
0.551
0.555
19.90
20.00
20.10
0.783
0.787
0.791
0.50
0.020
17.00
17.20
17.40
0.669
0.677
23.00
23.20
23.40
0.905
0.913
0.921
0.65
0.80
0.95
0.025
0.031
0.037
1.60
0.063
0.08
0
0.685
7
0.003
0
7
Note:
A
See Detail F
Seating Plane
Dimension in mm
Min
L
L1
-173 -
Detail F
1.Dimension D & E do not include interlead
flash.
2.Dimension b does not include dambar
protrusion/intrusion
.
3.Controlling dimension : Millimeter
4.General appearance spec. should be based
on final visual inspection spec.
5. PCB layout please use the "mm".
Publication Release Date: May 2006
Revision 0.60
W83977F-A/ W83977G-A/ W83977AF-A/ W83977AG-A
Important Notice
Winbond products are not designed, intended, authorized or warranted for use as components
in systems or equipment intended for surgical implantation, atomic energy control
instruments, airplane or spaceship instruments, transportation instruments, traffic signal
instruments, combustion control instruments, or for other applications intended to support or
sustain life. Further more, Winbond products are not intended for applications wherein failure
of Winbond products could result or lead to a situation wherein personal injury, death or
severe property or environmental damage could occur.
Winbond customers using or selling these products for use in such applications do so at their
own risk and agree to fully indemnify Winbond for any damages resulting from such improper
use or sales.
-174